Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


LOT      S      HESS 
33  2     S      I      W      ST 


UMPROVEMra: 

Em. 


LO; 


OCTOBER,  1924 
Vol.  27  No.  12 


ORGAN  OF  THE  PRIESTHOOD 
QUORUMS, THE  YOUNG  MENS 
MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT  ASSOCIA- 
TIONS AND  THE  SCHOOLS  OF  THE 
CHURCH  OF  JESUS  CHRIST  OF  vv 
LATTER-DAY  SAINTS  «w«w«wv 

PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE 

GENERAL  BOARD  YM.MJA 

SALT  LAKE  CITY 

UTAH 


EVERY   MILE   WORTH    WHILE 

Southern  Pacific  Lines 

American  Canyon  Route 

THREE  TRAINS   DAILY 

Crossing  Great  Salt  Lake  Cut  Off  in  Day  Time 

Shortest  and  Most  Scenic  Route  to 

SAN  FRANCISCO 

And  Central  California  Points 

Through  Sleeping  Cars  Between  Salt  Lake  City 
and  San  Francisco 

Call,  Write  or  Phone  us  for  Pullman  Reservations 

41  South  Main  Street  Phone  Wasatch  3008 

P.  BANCROFT,  General  Agent 


Latter-day  Saints  Garments 

APPROVED  CORRECT  PATTERN 

Prepaid  Parcel  Post  to  any  part  of  the  United  States  if  paid  in  ad- 
vance, 20c.  extra  on  each  garment  to  Canada  or  Mexico. 

These  approved  Temple  Garments  are  knitted  and  made  right  here  in 
our  own  Utah  factory,  to  your  special  order  and  measurements.  Lowest 
prices  on  market.  Mail  your  order  to  us  now  and  say  you  saw  it  in  the 
"Improvement   Era."     If  order   is   C.   O.   D.   you   pay   the   postage. 

LOOK   FOR   THE   APPROVED    LABEL    IN    EVERY    GARMENT 
No.  Price 

4     Light    Summer    weight   bleached $1.49 

11      Light    weight    cotton     1.50 

20     Light    weight    cotton    bleached 1.75 

00     Medium    weight    cotton     1.75 

22      Medium    weight    cotton    bleached 2.00 

00     Heavy    weight    cotton     unhleached 2.25 

24     Heavy   weight   cotton   bleached 2.50 

50     Extra  white   double   bleached,   mercerized 3.00 

10     Medium     weight     wool     mixture 3.00 

10     Heavy   weight    wool   mixture 4.00 

70      Snow    white    silkalene 3.40 

18     All    Marino    wool     5.50 

Sizes  from  22  to  44   bust,  52   to  04  lengths,  as   desired.      Longer   than  64 

Inches    or   over    44    in.    bust,    each    size    20c.    extra.      Garments    with    double 

backs  25c.  extra  per  suit.      We   will   make  any   size   desired. 

Measure    bust   around   body   under   arms;    length    from   center!   on    top   of 

shoulder  down  to  inside  of  aukle.      Orders  for  less  than   two   garments   not 

accepted. 

If  "Modified  Style,"  short  sleeves,  low  neck,  buttons  etc.  Is  wanted,  so  state 
and  add  25c  per  suit  to  above  prices,  or  regular  Garment  will  be  sent  to  you. 

MODEL   KNITTING    WORKS 

FRANKLIN   CHRISTIANSON,   Manager 
657  Iverson  St.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  Phone  Hy.  516 


WHEN   WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,   PLEASE  MENTION   THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


^j.i  iiiiiiiiiic3iiiiiiiiiiiicaiiiiiiiiiiiicaiiiiiiiiiiiicaiiiiiiiiiiiiC3iiiiiiiiiiiicaiiiflitiiiiiii:3iiiiiiiiifiicaiiiiiiiiiiiic3iiiiiiiiiii  1^ 

j  The  IMPROVEMENT  ERA  1 

|  New  Volume  begins  November,  1 924 

|  $2  Per  Annum  in  Advance  1 


i  Subscribe  NOW  for  the  IMPROVEMENT  ERA    I 

=E  Subscriptions  Paid  in  Advance.     By  order  of  the  General  Superintendency 

E  and  Board  it  has  been  decided  that  all  subscriptions  beginning  from  now        E 

="  on  and  with  the  new  volume  shall  be  paid  strictly  in  advance,  $2  for  each        5 

=  subscription.     This  action  is  taken  to  save  expenses  and  losses  incurred  in 

=  keeping  accounts  and  to  avoid  extra  clerical  work  in  the  general  office  arising 

=  from  the  credit  system,   not  to  say  the  errors  and  misunderstandings  that 

=  naturally  come  about  where  credit  is  extended.     September  and  October  are 

§  opportune  months  to  subscribe,   as  generally  more  openings  for  obtaining 

=  money  present  themselves  than  at  any  other  time  of  the  year. 

£f  We  believe  that  our  subscribers  will  unitedly  recognize   the  value  of  this        = 

=j  change  and  will  be  prompt  in  their  renewals. 

H  Contents  of  the  Improvement  Era  | 

E  Every  officer  and  member  of  the  Church,  of  the  Priesthood  quorums,  of  the        E 

jZj  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  and  the  Church  school  teachers  and  ward  choir  leaders, 

"i  will  find  helpful  suggestions  and  religious  inspiration  in  the  pages  of  the 

E  Improvement  Era — valuable  aids  in  their  work.  E 

2  The  general  reader  of  all  faiths  will  find  in  the  Era  dependable  in- 

formation,  current  events,   gospel  dostrine,   history,   narratives,   biographies. 

E  wholesome  stories,   poetry,   and  general  literature  of  interest  to   all,    in   its         E 

E  1200  or  more  pages.  =j 

~  — 

E  Subscribe  Now,  $2  in  Advance  Per  Year 

1  .  .  .  c 

=  The  Improvement  Era  is  published  on  time.      It  gives  courteous  treatment 
and  prompt  attention  to  the  just  requirements  of  its  subscribers  and  readers, 

E  both  in  the  business  and  editorial  departments.     Send  check  or  money  orders, 

^  $2  the  year,  in  advance.     Write  your  name  and  address  in  full  on  the  blank 

H  in  this  folder. 

2  K%"  Every  former  subscriber  will  receive  a  personal  renewal  request. 


'Jll!!!U!ll!!^l!lilllllllinilil[!IIM!!C3lllllll!llilC3lllllll!llllCSIH!!!MIIIIC2llll!IIIIIHE]!lllllltll!l[]lllll!l!IMI[]l!IIIIIIII!|-? 


2jiiiiiiiimc]iiiiiiimii[]iinmiiiiic3i iiiiiic]tiiiiiiiiiiic]iiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiic]iiiiiiiiiiiic3iiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiumi^ 

j  PROSPECTUS  j 

1                     for  VOL  UME  28  j 

|                               SPECIAL  FEATURES  | 

E        President  Heber  J.  Grant,  the  Editor-in-Chief,  will  give  pertinent  messages 

E        and  suggestions  from  time  to  time.  = 

E        Sermons  and  doctrines  from  leading.  Church  authorities.  E 

Descriptive,  historical,  scientific,  biographical  and  general  articles  and  sketches 

E        by  the  best  local  writers.  E 

=        Poetry.      The  Era   presents   a   splendid   collection   of   poems.      More   than  = 
125  poems  were  printed  in  the  volume  for  1924,  many  written  by  favorite 

E        authors.  = 

S  ^ 

»-•  — 

E        Stories.     Two  or  three  short  stories  appear  in  each  number — clean,  whole- 

£        some,  with  contents  worthy  of  serious  thought,  yet  holding  attention  and  E 

Fs  " 

^        interest.  = 

REGULAR   DEPARTMENTS  1 

1-1  u 

Priesthood  Information.  The  activities  and  studies  for  Priesthood  quorums 
E  receive  attention,  and  officers  and  members  will  find  instruction  from  the 
C        authorities  of  the  Church,  not  only  pertaining  to  their  work,  but  to  their 

E        daily  lives  and  religion.  E 

Mutual  Work.      The  activities  and  instructions  of  the  General  Board,   its 

E        committees  and  officers,  including  class,  special  program,  scout  and  recreation  E 

work,  will  regularly  appear.     The  Advanced  Senior  Class  lessons  are  printed  E 

EJ        monthly  in  the  magazine.  5 

Church   Schools  and  Education.      Important   articles   and   information   are  E 

S!        printed  concerning  Church  schools  and  their  progress.     Essays,  descriptive,  ^ 
historical,  scientific  and  literary  appear  from  leading  educators. 

^        Mission  Messages.      Wherever  our  missionaries  proclaim   the  gospel,   com-  E 

munications  come  from  faithful  elders  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  Many  of  E 
these  appear  in  the  Improvement  Era.     Photographs  of  about  870  mission- 

2        aries  were  printed  in  Volume  27.     An  effort  will  be  made  in  this  depart- 

fl!llllllllllE]|lilllllllll[3llllllllllll[]|||lill!llllC]llllllll!ll|[]|||l|||i:illUillllllllll!C]llllllll!IIIC]lllll!llll!IC3lilll!lllllil 


|!!llllllllll[]|||||||||li!£]llilllllill!nil!lii:]ll!IC2lliHllillilC3ililllllll!l[]lllllllllllinilllllllilllC3llllllllllllC3llllllllllll^ 

C        ment    to    present    faith-promoting    incidents,     thoughts    and    ideas,     new  E 

E         methods,  rare  travel  events,  answers  to  prayer,  spiritual  direction,  interesting  E 

E         conversions,   manifestations  of  the   power   and  the   goodness  of  God,    and  E 

3        kindred  subjects,  briefly  and  pointedly  stated.  5 

E        Church  Music.     The  Era  is  the  organ  for  the  Church  Music  Committee.     A  E 

E        wonderful  stride  in  the  furtherance  of  choirs  and  sacred  music  throughout  S 
E         the  Church  has  been  made  since  this  committee  undertook  to  suggest  and 
instruct  in  ward  choir  singing.     Leaders  of  music,  choirs,  singers  and  ward 
^         music   committees,    should    read   the   communications   that   will    appear   in 

E        Volume  28.  E 

Ej         Illustrations.     Each  year  there  appears  in  the  Era  from  two  to  three  hun-  C 

E         dred   illustrations,    including   scenes   in   Utah,    Idaho   and   other  states   and  E 
H        foreign  lands,  Church  school  and  Boy  Scout  activities,  and  beautiful  scenery 

S         in  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  their  valleys.  5 

1                               THE  CONTRIBUTORS  1 

t-1  — 

E                 Leading  authors  of  Church  and  State  contribute  to  the  Improvement  = 
E        Era.     Articles  from  125  authors  appeared  in  Volume  27,  besides  110  who 

S         wrote  short  articles  from  the  stakes  and  wards  and  mission  fields.     In  the  = 

Era  you  get  a  wide  scope  of  thought  from  a  variety  of  sources.  E 

—  ri 

|        OBTAINING  SUBSCRIPTIONS  FOR  THE  ERA  | 

E                 This  is  the  pleasant  duty  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  stake  and  ward  officers.  E 

E       By  properly  organized  effort  the  work  is  easy  and  should  be  done  in  September  = 

=         or   October.      The    month    of   October   has   been    set    aside    especially    for  E_ 

Pi        circulating  the  Era  by  officers  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.      This  year  cash  must  = 

=        accompany  the  subscription  lists  when  sent  in,  which  will  require  a  little  = 

extra  work;  but  we  trust  that  the  officers  will  consider  the  great  value  to  E 
the  cause  for  which  we  are  laboring,  of  having  the  magazine  circulated  and 

E         read  among  the  people,  and  so  make  earnest  efforts  in  the  work.     The  blank  ^ 

E         in  this  folder  may  be  used  by  subscribers  sending  in  their  own  subscriptions.  5 
EJ        Where  our  workers  find  that  the  Era  is  not  known,  a  short  explanation  of 

=         its  mission  and  worth  as  found  in  an  editorial  of  the  Era  for  September,  E 

1924,  will  be  helpful.     Blanks  and  lists  of  subscribers  will  be  furnished 

H        by  the  Stake  Superintendent  or  by  the  General  Secretary  on   application.  jj; 

=        Our  canvassers  should  not  hesitate  to  offer  the  Era  to  people  who  are  not  = 

E         Church    members.      Many    non-members    are    subscribers,    and   find    much  E 

3         literature  in  it  to  greatly  interest  them.  2 

ilillll!IIIIC3llllllllllll[3lllllllllllinilllllllllllE3lllllllllll!Ca lll!illC3lllllllll!IIL3llllllllllll[3IIIIIIIIHllC3lllllllllll(7 


Pin  a  $2  check  or  P.  O.  money  order  to  this  blank.     Write  your  name  and  address  in 
in  full  and  forward  to  the  General  Office.     If  currency  is  sent,  register  the  letter. 

ttxxttxt 


Improvement  Era 


47  East  South  Temple  St.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

enter 

Dear  Brethren:     Enclosed  find  $2  for  which  please  my  subscription  to  Volume 

renew 
XXVIII  Improvement  Era,  beginning  with  the  issue  of  November,   1924. 


Name    ..  — —  

(Write  first  name  in  full) 


Ward 


Street  and  Number 


R.  F.  D P.  O.. 


Date ,  1924.      State _._-__ 

Notice:   Subscriptions  may  begin  any  time,  but  most  readers  prefer  the  complete  volume. 
Why  not  send  the  Era  to  a  friend  as  a  Christmas  present? 

MANUALS  FOR  CLASS  STUDY  AND   GENERAL  READING,    1924-25 

ADVANCED  SENIOR  CLASS,  Prophecy  and  History,  twelve  lessons  on  the  Founding  of  Utah. 
by  Levi  Edgar  Young;  and  twelve  lessons  on  prophecies  in  the  Book  of  Mormon — a  valuable 
study  in  phophecy  and  history.  Texts  printed  monthly  in  the  Improvement  Era,  the  first 
three  lessons  in  the  September  number.  Subscribe  now,  $2  in  advance  for  the  year,  including 
over  1200  pages  of  reading  matter,  besides  the  lessons. 

SENIOR  CLASS,  The  Young  Man  and  the  Economic  World.  The  place  of  economics 
in  the  field  of  human  achievement  and  the  justification  of  its  study  by  the  young  men.  Dealing 
primarily  with  man  and  his  efforts  to  secure  a  living.  How  he  gets  and  spends  his  income. 
1  he  choice  of  work.  The  need  and  importance  of  making  a  good  living,  coupled  with  building 
a  life — the  highest  obligation  of  man.     Price  25c  per  copy. 

JUNIOR  DEPARTMENT.     The  Junior  Department  this  year  has  two  manuals: 

I.  THE  JUNIOR  CLASS,  Stories  of  the  Plains,  containing  faith-promoting  accounts  and 
incidents  in  the  lives  of  the  early  scouts  of  the  plains,  and  the  Pioneers  and  their  struggles  in 
founding  the  West.     Price  25c  per  copy. 

II.  THE  ADVANCED  JUNIOR  CLASS,  Some  Essentials  of  Character,  eighteen  lessons,  in 
stories  bearing  on  the  lives  of  young  men  from  15  to  18  years  of  age,  showing  their  heritage, 
pointing  out  what  they  are  going  to  do  and  be,  what  principles  shall  be  their  guide  in  life; 
the  dangers  of  wrong  and  the  rewards  of  right  living;  all  told  in  many  interesting  stories  with 
a  wealth  of  suggestion  and  instruction,  designed  to  inspire  in  the  hearts  of  the  boys  an  ambition 
to  build  noble  lives.      Prfce  25c  per  copy. 


The  Optimist  and  Pessimist 


An  optimist,  with  smiling  face, 

A  pessimist,  with  wrinkled  frowns, 

Once,  starting  out  to  take  a  walk, 
Went  on  the  road  between  the  towns; 

And,  as  they  lingered  by  the  way, 

Observed  the  farmers  making  hay; 
And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

"Now,  if  I  had  that  job  to  do," 
The  pessimist  at  once  complained, 

"I'd  do  a  little  at  a  time 

And  haul  it  in  before  it  rained; 

For  though  the  sky  is  clear,  I'll  say, 

The  rain  sure'l  come  an'  spile  th'  hay!" 
And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

They  passed  a  field  of  sugar  beets, 
And  paused  to  see  the  thrifty  rows 

In  long  green  lines  across  the  field 
Through  which  the  irrigation  flows. 

The  pessimist  again  complains, — 

"What  need  of  this?     It  often  rains!" 
And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

Then  an  alfalfa  field  they  saw, 

All  growing  purple-flowered  and  fine, 
And  in  it  fed  a  hundred  head 

Of  thrifty- growing  Berkshire  swine, 
The  pessimist  exclaimed,  "O  dear, 
What  durned  poor  farmin'  have  we  here!" 

And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

Near  by  some  poultry-keeper's  homes 
A  thousand  fowls  were  in  the  fields. 

"Look  there;"  the  pessimist  remarks, 
"A  place  like  this  no  profit  yields: 

In  poultry   raisin'   I've  a   mind 

That  payin'  fowls  must  be  confined!" 
And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

Just  in  the  outskirts  of  the  town 

A  dozen  goats  fed  by  the  way; 
And  one — he  was  a  pessimist 

With  twisted  horns  and  whiskers  gray — 
And  his  one  joy  had  ever  been 
Expressed  by  always  butting  in. 
And  here  two  pessimists  got  mixed 
Because  they  had  opinions  fixed — 
And  the  optimist  kept  on  smiling. 

JOSEPH    LONGKING    TOWNSEND. 


:'  v  ' 


o  w 


2  c 


Improvement  Era 


Vol.  XXVII  OCTOBER,   1924  No.  12 


A  HYMN  WITH  A   HISTORY 

By  Orson  F.  Whitney,  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 

President  Charles  W.  Penrose,  speaking  in  the  Eighteenth  ward 
chapel  on  a  Sunday  afternoon  not  long  since,  gave  the  history  of  some 
of  the  hymns  composed  by  him  and  frequently  sung  in  the  meetings 
of  the  Latter-day  Saints.  One  of  these  hymns  had  been  rendered  by 
the  choir  and  congregation  just  before  President  Penrose  began  to 
speak.     He  said  in  relation  to  this  sacred  song: 

"  'School  Thy  Feelings,'  which  we  have  just  sung,  was  written 
under  peculiar  circumstances,  just  before  I  left  England,  after  having 
traveled  over  ten  years  in  the  ministry.  A  sort  of  quiet  slander  had 
been  circulated  concerning  me  in  Birmingham,  by  an  Elder  from 
Zion,  and  it  cut  me  to  the  quick.  There  was  not  a  word  of  truth 
in  the  story.  An  accusation  was  made,  but  there  was  no  bottom 
to  it,  and  it  ruffled  me.  I  did  not  care  how  much  I  might  be 
scandalized  by  enemies  of  the  Church;  I  had  become  accustomed  to 
that.  I  used  to  say  that  my  hide  had  got  as  tough  as  a  hippopotamus; 
I  did  not  care  what  an  enemy  said  about  me.  But  when  an  Elder 
in  the  Church  did  that,  it  cut  me  to  the  heart,  and  I  felt  like 
retaliating.  But  I  sat  down  and  wrote  that  little  poem,  'School  thy 
feelings,  O  my  brother,  Train  thy  warm,  impulsive  soul,'  and  so 
on.  And  that  was  for  me.  I  did  not  intend  it  for  anybody  else, 
but  it  was  giving  a  little  counsel  to  myself." 

The  poem  referred  to  is  one  that  we  all  admire.  I  am  partic- 
ularly fond  of  the   following  stanzas: 

School   thy   feelings,   there  is  power 

In  the  cool,  collected  mind; 
Passion  shatters  reason's  tower, 

Makes  the  clearest  vision  blind. 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  as  second  class  matter. 
Acceptance  for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided  for  in  Section 
1103,  Act  of  October  3,   1917 ,  authorized  on  July  Z,  1918,  $2  per  annum. 

Address  Room  406  Church  Office  Building,  Salt  Lake  City,   Utah. 


1110  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

School   thy   feelings;   condemnation 

Never  pass  on  friend  or  foe, 
Though  the  tide  of  accusation 

Like  a  flood  of  truth  may  flow. 

Hear  defense  before  deciding, 

And  a  ray  of  light  may  gleam, 
Showing  thee  what  filth  is  hiding 

Underneath  the  shallow  stream. 

Should   affliction's  acrid  vial 

Burst  o'er  thy  unsheltered  head, 
School  thy  feelings  to  the  trial, 

Half  its  bitterness  hath  fled. 

Art  thou  falsely,  basely  slandered? 

Does  the  world  begin  to  frown? 
Gauge  thy  wrath  by  wisdom's  standard, 

Keep  thy   rising  anger  down. 

* 
Rest  thyself  on  this  assurance: 

Time's  a  friend  to  innocence, 
And   that  patient,   calm  endurance 

Wins  respect  and  aids  defense. 

Here  was  one  who  knew  himself  to  be  "falsely,  basely  slander- 
ed," pleading,  not  with  his  accuser,  but  with  himself,  against  the 
passing  of  condemnation  "on  friend  or  foe."  Rather  an  unusual  cir- 
cumstance was  it  not?  And  yet,  quite  in  keeping  with  the  divine 
admonitions:  "Judge  not,  that  ye  be  not  judged,"  "Vengeance  is 
Mine — I  will  repay." 

Except  for  the  infamy  of  his  act,  I  could  almost  thank  "the  ac- 
cuser of  the  brethren"  for  that  "quiet  slander,"  which  wounded  the 
poet's  sensitive  soul  and  gave  us  as  the  indirect  and  unintended  result 
this  beautiful  hymn,  which  has  cheered  and  comforted  for  over 
sixty  years  the  hearts  of  tens  of  thousands.  Moreover,  I  will  venture  to 
assert  that  the  would-be  destroyer  of  his  brother's  fair  fame  did  not 
profit  by  what  he  had  done,  while  the  one  whom  he  wronged  was 
benefited  by  the  painful  experience.  Thenceforth  he  could  sympa- 
thize, as  never  before,  with  those  similarly  placed. 

What  said  the  Lord  to  the  Prophet  Joseph  upon  this  point? 
"If  thou  art  called  to  pass  through  tribulation;  if  thou  art  in  perils 
among  false  brethren;  *  *  *  if  thou  art  accused  with  all  man- 
ner of  false  accusations;  if  thine  enemies  fall  upon  thee;  *  *  * 
if  the  heavens  gather  blackness,  and  all  the  elements  combine  to 
hedge  up  the  way;  and  above  all,  if  the  very  jaws  of  hell  shall  gape 
open  the  mouth  wide  after  thee,  know  thou,  my  son,  that  all  these 
things  shall  give  thee  experience,  and  shall  be  for  thy  good." 

"Hear  defense  before  deciding."  A  simple  and  a  just  require- 
ment— so  simple  that  one  is  almost  tempted  to  regard  it  as  super- 
fluous, the  opposite  course  being  so  manifestly  unjust,   so  absolutely 


A  HYMN  WITH   A   HISTORY  1111 

unfair.  And  yet  it  is  the  course  that  most  people  are  prone  to  pursue. 
Rumor  or  a  one-sided  statement  is  quite  sufficient  for  them.  They 
hear  a  scandalous  story,  accept  it  as  true,  and  forthwith  spread  it 
broadcast,  without  making  the  least  effort  to  ascertain  whether  it  is 
built  on  fact  or  fiction.  And  this  they  do,  not  so  much  from 
malice,  perhaps,  as  from  an  overweening  desire  to  impart  information 
— the  gossip's  ruling  passion.  In  their  eagerness  to  proclaim  the 
"glad  tidings,"  they  forget,  what  the  fair-minded  always  remember, 
that  there  are  two  sides  to  every  question,  and  that  there  could  be 
no  such  thing  as  impartial  justice  if  but  one  side  of  a  case  had  "its 
day  in  court."  It  is  related  of  an  Irish  magistrate  (I  don't  know 
why  they  always  put  such  things  on  the  Irish)  that,  having  listened 
to  the  plea  of  the  prosecution,  he  was  about  to  pronounce  judgment, 
when  the  attorney  for  the  defense  asked  to  be  heard.  "No,"  said 
his  Honor,  "me  moind  is  clear  now;  if  you  shpake  I'll  be  confused." 
A  pity  to  confuse  such  a  mind! 

Perhaps  Brother  Penrose  was  given  a  chance  to  state  his  case 
before  the  "quiet  slander  was  circulated."  But  I  very  much  doubt 
it.  He  should  have  been  the  first  to  hear  what  was  said  against  him, 
but  in  all  probability  he  was  the  last.  Men  and  women  are  often 
accused,  condemned  and  punished — for  slander  is  punishment — with- 
out even  knowing  what  they  are  charged  with.  That  is  the  way  with 
those  who  speed  "the  shaft  that  flies  in  darkness." 

How  different  from  the  Lord's  way,  and  how  grossly  violative 
of  his  precepts  and  the  regulations  of  his  Church.  The  law  of  the  Lord 
requires  that  if  a  brother  or  sister  offend,  the  one  offended  shall  go  to 
the  offender  alone,  before  confiding  in  others  (Doc.  and  Cov.  42:88)  ; 
the  purpose  being  to  induce  confession,  if  there  be  anything  to  confess; 
bring  about  reconciliation,  if  possible,  and  prevent  the  spread  of 
scandal,  so  often  baseless,  always  exaggerated,  and  generally  re-active 
against  the  church  or  community  of  which  the  accused  is  a  member. 

But  that  is  too  tame  a  process  for  the  purveyor  of  this  sort  of 
"information."  He  or  she  takes  the  public  into  confidence  first,  gets 
what  gratification  or  glory  can  be  had  out  of  the  situation,  and  the 
accused  may  have  what's  left — "a  lemon"  that  has  been  well  squeezed. 

Not  without  good  reason  was  it  made  the  duty  of  the  Teacher 
to  "watch  over  the  church  always,"  and  "see  that  there  is  neither 
lying  nor  back-biting  nor  evil  speaking"  among  its  members,  (Doc. 
and  Cov.  20:54).  "These  six  things  doth  the  Lord  hate:  Yea, 
seven  are  an  abomination  unto  him:  A  proud  look,  a  lying  tongue, 
and  hands  that  shed  innocent  blood,  an  heart  that  deviseth  wicked 
imaginations,  feet  that  be  swift  in  running  to  mischief,  a  false  witness 
that  speaketh  lies,  and  he  that  soweth  discord  among  brethren." 
(Prov.  6:16-19).  If  the  thoughtless  trifler  with  a  brother's  or  a 
sister's  reputation,  or  even  the  out-and-out  intentional  defamer,  could 
but  realize  that  the  assassin  of  character  is  little  better  in  the  eyes  of  God 


1112  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

and  good  men,  than  the  one  who  unlawfully  takes  human  life,  some- 
thing that  he  cannot  restore,  it  might  induce  him  to  prudently  pause 
before  making  himself  one  of  the  "things"  which  "the  Lord  doth 
hate." 

But  no  lie  can  live  forever.  "Time  is  a  friend  to  innocence." 
Falsehood  may  travel  many  leagues  while  Truth  is  "getting  its  boots 
on;"  but  sooner  or  later  it  will  be  overtaken  and  pilloried  as  it 
deserves.  Eternal  justice  will  attend  to  that.  It  balances  all  accounts, 
and  no  man  or  woman  need  become  the  avenger  of  his  or  her  own 
private  wrong. 

"All  things  work  together  for  good  to  them  that  love  God." 
This  saying  of  an  ancient  apostle  has  proved  wonderfully  true  in  the 
case  of  a  modern  apostle — our  dear  Brother  Penrose.  Shot  at  from 
the  rear  while  facing  the  foe  and  fighting  the  good  fight — "cut  to  the 
quick,"  but  not  really  injured,  he  could  afford  to  be  patient  and 
calmly  endure,  for  he  was  innocent,  and  time  was  his  friend,  as  the 
sequel  showed.  Slander  might  wound  him,  might  "ruffle''  his 
feelings,  but  it  could  not  stop  his  growth  nor  stay  his  progress.  He 
went  on  loving  and  serving  God,  and  rose  step  by  step  to  positions  of 
honor  and  influence,  until,  in  the  evening  of  a  long  and  useful  life, 
we  find  him  standing  on  the  very  summit  of  success,  one  of  the 
First  Presidency  of  the  Church. 

And  where  are  they  who  tried  to  pull  him  down?  We  don't  even 
know  their  names. 


Compensation 


At  evening  when  I  hear  a  lark's  faint,   fluted  note — 
A   tender  calling   from   a   migrant   throat; 
There   falls  a   love   song,    sadly,    wistfully, 
The  sum  of  partings  in  epitome. 

And  when  I  scent  the  drooping  petals  of  a  rose. 
Out  of   the  vanished   years   there   poignant   glows 
The  lingering  sweetness  of  a  world  abloom, 
And  lovers  dreaming  in  the  twilight  gloom. 

And  always,   in  December's  measured  chant  of  pain, 
The  rustle  of  the  corn  I  hear  again; 
Still  in  the  Storm  King's  mocking  battle  tune 
There  echoes  clear  the  lyric  voice  of  June. 

And  ever  to  the  scars  of  Time  there  somewhere  clings 
A  subtle  balm  that  heals  the  bitterest  stings; 
Still  on  the  call  sheet  of  the  angel — Death! 
There  stands  the  promise  of  returning  breath. 

Lethbcidge,  Canada.  FRANK  C.  STEELE. 


RELIGIOUS  EDUCATION 

The  Need  of  the  World  Today 

By  John  J.  Tigert,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Education 

[The  following  address  was  delivered  before  the  Religious  Education 
Association,  Chicago,  March  29,  1922.  In  view  of  the  deep  interest  that  the 
Latter-day  Saints  have  in  the  imperative  need  of  religious  education  for  the 
proper  development  of  mankind,  we  present  the  lecture  in  full.  It  is  in 
line  with  the  endeavors  of  our  Church,  and  the  best  thoughts  of  the  day. 
Religion  Class  work  under  the  name  of  Week-day  Schools  of  Religion  is 
being  organized  everywhere.  At  Cary,  Indiana,  church-owned  houses  sur- 
rounding the  public  school  houses  are  used  by  the  various  denominations 
for  religious  educational  purposes;  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  and  in  many  other 
cities,  a  regular  period  once  a  week  or  oftener  is  allowed  the  children  for 
instruction  in  religious  education  under  the  leadership  of  the  respective  de- 
nominations. In  one  city  a  whole  day  each  week  is  proposed  for  this  type 
of  education.  All  our  readers  will  be  pleased  that  our  U.  S.  Commissioner 
of  Education  is  convinced  of  the  imperative  need  of  religious  education  for 
the  proper  development  of  mankind.  Some  time  ago  he  remarked,  in  dis- 
cussing criticisms  that  have  been  directed  against  him  because  of  his  activity 
in  behalf  of  religious  education,  "Rather  than  to  urge  upon  the  people 
an  education  consisting  only  of  the  training  of  the  body  and  the  intellect, 
I  would  resign  my  position." 

Our  seminary  work  in  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 
is  in  line  with  these  thoughts,  and  it  is  being  duplicated  in  many  places, 
and  is  rapidly  growing,  though  our  Church  is  far  in  advance  in  this  regard, 
of  the  country  generally.  At  the  University  of  Michigan  several  fine  student 
houses  maintained  by  various  religious  denominations  surround  the  campus, 
and  in  these  houses  regular  instruction  in  religion  is  given.  It  would  be 
well  if  the  churches  had  such  houses  surrounding  the  University  of  Utah. 
One  great  purpose  of  the  Church  School  System  is  to  use  and  to  perfect 
the  splendid  educational  structure  which  has  been  reared  by  the  Church,  so 
that  the  purposes  of  our  system  may  be  fully  accomplished. — Editors.] 

Professor  W.  R.  Webb,  familiarly  known  as  "Old  Sawney," 
founder  and  principal  of  the  famous  Webb  School  of  Bell  Buckle, 
Tenn.,  who  has  had  for  a  half  century  an  influence  upon  education 
in  the  South  unsurpassed  by  any  of  his  contemporaries,  used  to  say 
frequently,  "A  boy  is  a  bundle  of  possibilities."  This  favorite  phrase 
of  "Old  Sawney's"  might  well  serve  as  a  fairly  literal,  though  homely, 
translation  of  the  etymology  of  the  word  "education,"  being,  as  it  is, 
an  abstract  term  derived  from  the  Latin  "e — out"  and  "duco — to 
lead."  Education,  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  term  must  include  the 
highest  possible  realization,  the  most  complete  harmonious,  and  sym- 
metrical perfection  of  all  the  potential  powers  inherent  and  innate  in 
man's  nature.  Education  is  the  process  of  cultivating  to  the  fullest 
flower  all  the  seeds  that  lie  implanted  in  this  wondrous  composite  of 
mind,   soul  and  body. 


1114  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

The  tendency  has  been  strong  among  professional  educators  to 
emphasize  the  development  of  mental  powers,  as  the  proper  function 
of  the  educative  process,  frequently  to  the  exclusion  of  other  capacities 
of  the  soul  and  body.  It  must  be  granted  that  the  emancipation  of 
the  mind  should  be  the  chief  function  of  the  institution  of  learning, 
that  the  growth  of  spiritual  power  should  be  the  major  concern  of  the 
church,  but  likewise  it  must  be  agreed  that  the  making  of  strong  bodies 
is  at  least  a  secondary  function  of  the  school  in  view  of  the  oft 
quoted  dictum  of  Juvenal,  "Sana  mens  in  cotpore  sano."  But  while 
the  realization  of  mental  possibilities  is  the  prime  objective  of  the 
school,  it  is  unfortunate  that  certain  prejudices  have  tended  to  ex- 
clude proper  regard  for  the  attention  to  the  soul  and  body.  Per- 
haps the  neglect  of  the  former  has  not  been  due  so  much  to  prejudice 
as  to  a  feeling  that  this  is  a  function  of  the  church,  and  the  desire  to 
render  to  God  the  things  that  are  God's,  retaining  for  Caesar  only  the 
things  that  are  Caesar's. 

This  is  certainly  true,  I  think,  in  the  case  of  the  public  schools 
and  all  those  institutions  supported  by  public  taxation,  because  it 
is  evidently  the  fear  of  many  that  the"  effort  to  teach  religion  in 
publicly  supported  schools  and  colleges  may  lead  to  an  indirect  vio- 
lation of  the  cherished  American  doctrine  of  religious  liberty  and 
separation  of  Church  and  State.  Be  that  as  it  may,  I  think  that 
we  can  agree  upon  a  distinction  of  function  in  the  Church  and  State 
and  admit  the  wisdom  of  the  founders  of  the  Republic  in  recognizing 
this  distinction;  in  fact,  this  is  one  of  the  most  salient  contributions 
that  American  statesmen  have  been  able  to  make  to  political  progress 
in  the  world.  The  late  Bishop  E.  E.  Hoss  set  out  the  difference  in 
the  function  of  Church  and  State  in  these  words: 

"Secularity  is  the  badge  of  the  State.  The  sphere  in  which  it  moves 
and  acts  is  the  sphere  of  visible  and  tangible  things.  It  has  no  eye  for  the 
eternal  realities.  Its  symbol  is  the  sword,  for  it  may  use  force.  The 
Church,  on  the  other  hand,  is  the  vehicle  of  religious  truth.  She  has  a 
message  to  deliver  that  the  State  has  no  voice  to  convey.  Her  symbol  is 
the  shepherd's  crook,  and  she  dares  use  no  instrumentality  except  per- 
suasion." 

Though  there  may  be  some  justification  for  the  neglect  of  the 
so».l  in  public  institutions  of  learning,  yet  no  adequate  excuse  can  be 
assigned  for  a  certain  prejudice  that  has  existed  with  reference  to 
physical  education.  Fortunately,  this  prejudice  seems  to  be  disap- 
pearing. Much  improvement  has  come  in  our  schools  in  health  and 
physical  education  during  the  past  few  years  due  largely  to  the  revela- 
tion that  approximately  one-third  of  American  young  men  proved, 
under  examination,  to  be  physically  unfit  to  bear  arms  in  defense  of 
their  country.  It  is  strange  that  we  should  have  so  long  neglected  the 
proper  concern  for  the  care  of  the  body  upon  which  the  welfare  of 
the    mind    is    organically    conditioned    and    with    which    the    culture 


RELIGIOUS   EDUCATION  1115 

of  the  soul  is  intimately  connected  if  we  accept  the  oft-quoted  and 
much  approved  doctrine  of  John  Wesley,  "Cleanliness  is  next  to 
Godliness." 

Aside  from  the  question  of  the  peculiar  functions  of  the  school, 
the  Church,  and  the  State,  these  organizations  are  all  joint  agencies  in 
the  promotion  of  the  greatest  possibilities  in  our  youth  for  individual 
and  social  welfare.  In  its  widest  connotation,  education  is  the  result 
of  all  the  forces  which  affect  the  life  of  man.  Taken  in  this  sense, 
religion  is  the  most  universal  element  in  education  as  well  as  a  very 
powerful  stimulus  to  human  action. 

We  hold,  first,  that  the  religious  element  is  universal.  By  re- 
ligion we  mean  the  consciousness  of  some  kind  of  communion  be- 
tween man  and  a  supernatural  Being,  a  Deity,  or  God.  We  have 
had  many  arguments  set  up  to  establish  the  existence  of  such  a  B  :;ng, 
ontological  arguments,  anthropological  arguments,  arguments  for  a 
first  cause,  arguments  from  design  and  others.  Whether  any  or 
all  of  these  arguments  which  have  been  advanced  in  proof  of  "he 
existence  of  a  supernatural  Being  could  convey  to  those  altogether 
destitute  of  the  idea  of  the  Deity,  first,  the  notion  of  God,  as  a  person, 
self-existent,  eternal,  immutable,  of  infinite  power,  wisdom,  and 
goodness,  the  creator  and  upholder  of  all  things,  and,  secondly  satis- 
factory proofs  of  his  existence,  is  a  question  which  it  is  impossible 
to  settle  and  which  we  would  not  find  profitable  to  discuss  here.  We 
shall  not  raise  the  question  of  the  possibility  of  philosophical  or 
logical  demonstration  of  the  existence  of  God.  We  shall  assume  for 
our  purposes,  the  famous  dictum  of  Professor  Calderwood,  of  Edin- 
burgh, "The  reality  of  the  Divine  existence  is  a  truth  so  plain  that 
it  needs  no  proofs,  as  it  is  a  truth  so  high  that  it  admits  of  none." 
It  is  worthy  of  note,  however,  and  sufficient  importance  has  never 
been  attached  to  the  fact  that  the  conception  of  a  supernatural  Being 
has  apparently  always  existed  in  the  mind  of  man,  wherever  and  when- 
ever we  have  had  knowledge  of  him.  This  is  evidenced  not  only  by 
the  ancient  writings  of  the  Jews  but  by  the  earliest  historical  rem  'ns 
and  the  extant  beliefs  and  customs  of  all  peoples,  Asiatic,  African, 
American,  European  and  Polynesian.  We  cannot  show  that  the  idea 
of  God  has  always  existed  in  the  mind  of  man  from  man's  in- 
ception, but  we  can  show  that  all  men  known  to  history  have  pos- 
sessed the  idea  of  God.  Once  projected  within  the  sphere  of  human 
knowledge,  from  whatever  source,  and  in  whatever  mannr,  this 
notion  of  God,  however  abused,  has  never  been  permitted  to  perish. 
This  does  not,  of  course,  necessarily  mean  God  with  all  the  personal 
attributes  ascribed  to  him  by  Christians,  but  it  does  mean  the  belief  in 
supernatural  power  of  some  kind,  whether  in  the  fetishism  of  the 
savages  of  all  parts  of  the  world  which  attributes  extraordinary  powers 
to  sticks,  stones,  herbs,  images,  the  sun,  the  moon,  and  other  in- 
animate objects,    or   in  the   polytheism  of  the   Greeks,    Romans,    and 


1116  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

others  who  personified  and  endowed  with  magic  qualities  the  forces  of 
nature,  or  in  those  like  the  Chinese,  who  have  worshipped  the  spirits 
of  departed  ancestors. 

It  is  not  only  true  that  the  notion  of  God  exists  and  has  ex- 
isted in  all  species  of  mankind  known  to  us,  but  it  is  likewise  true 
that  the  notion  has  everywhere  been  a  powerful  force  if  not  actually 
the  most  powerful  force  operating  in  the  lives  of  men.  In  every 
form  of  communion  with  the  supernatural,  the  notion  of  the  Deity  has 
been  sufficiently  powerful  in  its  influence  upon  man  to  move  him  to 
make  the  supreme  sacrifices  of  his  own  life  or  the  lives  of  those  dearest 
to  him.  We  witness  this  in  the  most  primitive  form  of  religion, 
in  fetishism,  where  parents  appeased  the  spirit  of  Moloch  with  the 
burning  of  their  own  offspring,  or  where  the  Indian  mother  adores 
the  alligator  by  throwing  her  babe  into  the  sacred  waters  of  the  Ganges. 
We  witness  it  in  the'  polytheism  of  the  Hellenic  peoples,  as  in  the  cult 
of  Artemis,  Iphigenia  is  sacrificed  by  her  father  Agamemnon  to  ap- 
pease the  goddess  so  his  fleet  may  sail  for  Troy.  We  witness  it  in 
monotheism  in  the  blood  of  countless  Christian  martyrs  and  in  the 
sacrificial  death  of  Jesus  Christ  upon  the  cross  for  the  conciliation  of 
God  and  the  redemption  of  mankind.  There  certainly  has  been  no 
more  impelling  motive  in  the  life  of  man  than  his  belief  in  the 
Deity. 

Again,  we  think  that  sufficient  significance  has  not  been  at- 
tached to  the  fact  that  among  the  great  thinkers  who  have  interpreted 
reality  and  who  have  explained  the  origin  and  the  meaning  of  the 
cosmos,  almost  without  exception  these  philosophers  have  required  the 
notion  of  the  Deity  to  make  the  universe  possible,  intelligible,  or 
thinkable.  Those  few  who  have  not  required  the  Deity  for  an 
explanation  of  the  universe  do  not  loom  up  among  the  great  figures 
in  the  history  of  philosophy.  We  have  atheists  among  the  Greek 
philosophers  in  Democritus  and  Leucippus,  but  they  sink  in  insig- 
nificance as  compared  to  such  theists  as  Pythagoras,  Socrates,  Plato, 
Aristotle  and  others.  We  do  not  recall  an  outstanding  atheist  to 
match  against  the  cloud  of  theologians  and  schoolmen  of  the  middle 
ages.  Among  the  moderns,  Diderot  and  the  so-called  French  en- 
cyclopedists, a  few  Germans,  including  Haeckel,  a  small  number  of 
Englishmen  and  others  who  compose  the  atheistic  schools  of  thought 
hardly  are  recognized  within  the  pale  of  philosophy  in  a  large  sense. 
As  over  against  these  stand  Descartes,  Leibnitz,  Spinoza,  Locke, 
Berkeley,  Kant,  Fichte,  Hegel,  Lotze;  in  America,  James,  Bowen, 
Ladd;  and  a  whole  host  of  others  who  include  within  their  number 
the  great  names  of  modern  philosophy,  who  have  grappled  seriously 
with  the  explanation  of  this  world  and  who  have  traveled  many 
paths  but  have  all  reached  the  same  destination — God. 

If  education  consists  in  the  evolution  of  the  man's  inherent 
capacities  or  untying  "the  bundle  of  possibilities,"   to  return  to  Mr. 


RELIGIOUS   EDUCATION         .  11 17 

Webb's  figure;  if  religion  be  a  universal  phenomenon  among  men, 
and  if  great  thinkers  find  God  indispensable  to  the  explanation  of 
reality,  then  education  which  lacks  the  religious  element  is  certainly 
seriously  defective. 

The  great  world  catastrophe  through  which  we  have  passed  has 
started  many  anxious  inquiries  and  has  awakened  deep  misgivings 
on  the  part  of  some.  Speculation  is  openly  engaged  in  as  to  whether 
civilization  can  be  salvaged,  whether  war  will  destroy  civilization  or 
civilization  will  destroy  war.  There  is  much  pessimism  abroad  in 
the  world  and  we  are  passing  through  critical  times. 

Crimes  of  all  kinds,  divorce,  and  immorality  have  greatly  in- 
creased among  us.  There  has  been  a  disregard  of  the  rights  of  others, 
a  social  discontent  an  industrial  unrest,  a  menace  of  radicalism,  an 
unbridling  of  vice,  and  a  growing  disrespect  for  the  law  that  have 
never  before  characterized  our  country  to  the  present  degree  and 
which  arouses  the  concern  of  every  true  American. 

If  these  observations  be  correct,  and  I  think  that  few  will  demur, 
which  way  shall  we  move  to  correction?  Where  shall  we  find  the 
remedy  for  these  conditions  and  how  shall  we  proceed  to  apply  it? 

Enlightenment  and  better  understanding  will  undoubtely  help 
the  situation  but  these  cannot  save  us.  If  the  war  teaches  us  any 
one  lesson  more  clearly  than  another  it  is  the  insufficiency  of  culture, 
knowledge  and  science  per  ipsos  to  promote  the  welfare  of  mankind. 
Germany  claimed  a  "Kultur"  superior  to  any  that  the  world  had 
known  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war.  She  was  not  excelled  by  any 
other  people  in  the  great  fields  of  science,  of  philosophy,  of  music 
and  of  commerce.  A  degree  from  a  German  university  was  highly 
coveted  above  a  degree  from  one  of  our  own  institutions.  Illiteracy 
was  at  an  irreducible  minimum  among  the  German  people.  They 
enjoyed  a  high  degree  of  general  enlightenment  and  a  fairly  homo- 
geneous population. 

And  what  was  the  result  of  it  all? 

Germany's  strength  in  philosophy,  in  science,  in  industry  and  in 
other  respects  contributed  to  the  ruin  of  a  great  people  and  involved 
the  world  in  the  most  titanic  tragedy  of  the  ages.  A  weaker  nation 
would  hardly  have  risked  the  wrath  of  the  world  even  though  it 
had  been  moved  to  fly  at  its  throat.  But  Germany's  consciousness 
in  her  power  gave  her  the  confidence  to  attempt  the  impossible. 

German  political  philosophy  convinced  her  that  democracy  was 
the  symbol  of  weakness,  chaos,  and  incompetency  in  government;  that 
the  German  people  were  chosen  by  God  to  exterminate  weaker  peoples 
so  that  a  race  of  supermen  might  be  evolved.  German  science  applied 
to  the  arts  of  war  convinced  her  that  she  could  defy  the  world,  ap- 
plied to  undersea-craft  it  could  sink  unsinkable  ships  like  the  Lusi- 
tania;  applied  to  aircraft,  it  could  terrorize  London  and  Paris  and 
spread  disease  and  destruction  among  her  enemies;  applied"  to  noxious 


1118  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

gases,  it  could  blind  and  wipe  out  armies  in  the  twinkling  of  an 
eye;  applied  to  cannon,  it  could  crush  the  impregnable  forts  of  Liege 
like  egg  shells  and  hurl  projectiles  a  distance  of  seventy-five  miles 
into  Paris.  German  commerce  and  industry  convinced  her  that  it 
must  expand  through  middle  Europe  into  Asia  and  Africa  and  dom- 
inate the  world.  German  music  convinced  her  that  hymns  of  hate 
were  of  more  force  than  hymns  of  love.  Germany's  faith  in  her 
"divine  mission"  and  the  consciousness  of  the  necessity  of  fulfilling 
it  convinced  her  that  treaties  were  "mere  scraps  of  paper  to  con- 
ceal political  purposes."  Harnack,  whose  theology  and  views  with 
reference  to  the  Bible  probably  carried  more  weight  in  America  before 
the  war  than  any  other  scholar,  became  one  of  nearly  a  hundred  lead- 
ing savants  of  Germany  who  convinced  themselves  that  the  violation 
of  Belgium  was  just  and  good.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  recite  further 
the  history  of  Germany's  folly,  but  the  world  has  never  before  had 
such  an  exhibition  of  the  inadequacy  of  mere  philosophy,  science, 
industry  and  things  secular.  Plainly,  these  things  can  be  both  evil 
and  good,  hurtful  and  helpful,  undesirable  and  desirable,  the  hope 
and  the  menace  of  civilization. 

The  value  of  man's  progress  in  knowledge  turns  upon  the  will  or 
judgment  of  those  who  may  possess  it.  In  the  hands  of  the  physician 
even  poison  has  its  benefit;  in  the  hands  of  the  pioneer,  knives,  axes 
and  guns  are  of  immeasurable  value,  but  who  would  claim  that  these 
articles  were  good  for  babes  or  thieves? 

Education  which  devotes  itself  entirely  to  the  discovery  of  knowl- 
edge without  regard  for  the  will  or  intention  of  man  is  likely  to  prove 
the  undoing  of  society.  Certainly,  it  is  not  worthy  to  be  called  educa- 
tion. 

Surely,  after  the  demonstration  of  the  ruin  that  lurks  in  the 
wake  of  mere  emancipation  of  the  mind,  we  must  see  that  there  is  a 
great  truth  in  the  words  of  Tolstoi: 

The  night  has  a  thousand  ey?s, 

And  the  day  but  one 

But  the  light  of  the  whole  world  dies 

When  day  is  done. 

The  mind  has  a  thousand  eyes 

And  the  heart  but  one 

But  the  light  of  the  whole  life  dies 

When  love  is  done. 

How  shall  we  direct  the  will  and  train  the  heart  as  we  enlighten 
the  intellect?  Naught  but  religious  feeling,  the  inspiration  of  the 
soul,  and  faith  in  God  can  accomplish  this.  Even  ethical  teaching 
and  morality,  though  helpful,  will  not  suffice.  Moral  philosophy 
may  be  similar  to  other  knowledge,  the  product  of  man's  mind  but 
not  a  force  which  controls  his  acts.  There  are  abundant  examples  of 
the  failure  of  ethical  teaching  to  effect  life.      France  has  given  non- 


RELIGIOUS   EDUCATION  1119 

religious  training  a  more  thorough  trial  perhaps  than  any  other  nation. 
And  yet,  says  an  eminent  authority: 

"In  fifty  years  criminality  has  increased  three-fold,  though  there  was 
scarcely  any  increase  in  population."  This  statement  was  made  before  the 
war  and  does  not  comprehend  the  violent  increase  of  crime  since  the  war. 
One  French  professor  complained,  "My  prize  pupil  in  morals  is  the  biggest 
knave  of  the  lot." 

Let  no  one  suppose  that  I  am  opposed  to  the  teaching  of  morals 
in  the  schools.  On  the  other  hand,  I  strongly  advocate  it.  Recently, 
I  emphasized  the  need  of  teaching  virtue,  honesty,  and  integrity 
throughout  our  schools.  I  believe  in  beginning  early  the  relation  of 
stories  of  moral  import,  the  recounting  of  golden  deeds  of  kindness, 
and  the  teaching  of  virtue  in  every  possible  way  to  our  children. 

But  this  moral  instruction  requires  the  reinforcement  of  religious 
teaching  and  feeling.  The  Church  becomes  the  supplement  of  the 
School  for  this  purpose.  In  private,  parochial,  and  church  schools 
religious  instruction  can  be  given  with  secular  teaching  but  cannot 
be  given  in  publicly  supported  institutions.  The  public  schools  of 
Gary,  Indiana,  Toledo,  Ohio  and  a  few  other  cities  are  working 
out  a  system  in  which  the  school  becomes  a  community  center  sur- 
rounded by  churches  of  all  denominations  to  which  the  children  go 
regularly  from  the  public  schools  for  religious  instruction.  Some 
state  universities  are  working  out  a  system  which  is  similar  in  prin- 
ciple. We  have  numberless  instances  of  the  powerlessness  of  knowl- 
edge to  make  men  good.  The  age  of  the  Italian  renaissance,  a  new 
revival  of  learning,  was  likewise  an  era  of  immorality  and  loose  living. 
Pope  described  Bacon  as  at  once  "the  wisest,  the  brightest  and  the 
meanest  of  mankind."  Solomon,  the  wisest  of  all  the  kings,  was  by 
no  means  the  most  virtuous.  Rousseau,  a  great  name  in  the  history  of 
education  and  philosophy,  gives  us  his  ideal  training  for  Emile  and 
dwells  especially  upon  the  value  of  his  moral  code,  meantime  neg- 
lecting shamefully  the  rearing  of  his  own  child,  and  engaging  in 
dissolute  living.  His  confessions  are  amazingly  frank  but  even  they 
do  not  uncover  the  vileness  of  his  life. 

Morality  is  indeed  the  worthy  helpmate  of  religion  but  history 
and  experience  reveals  over  and  over  again  that  it  cannot  be  sub- 
stituted for  it.     Ethical  societies  have  failed  to  supplant  the  Church. 

I  am  well  aware  that  the  position  that  I  am  taking  is  not  popular 
today  among  educators,  but  I  reiterate  the  words  of  a  chancellor  of 
one  of  our  colleges  uttered  in  his  inaugural  address  more  than  a  decade 
ago: 

"Powerful  as  is  the  force  of  opinion  today  in  the  direction  of  sec- 
ularized education,  mighty  as  are  the  millions  devoted  to  that  purpose,  earnest 
and  numerous  as  are  the  advocates  of  education  without  religion  *  *  * 
yet  I  am  undismayed.     For  there  is  a  power  greater  than  the  opinion  of  men; 


1120  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

there  arc   resources  vaster  than   the  millions  of  earth.      Let   us  not   'trust   in 
uncertain  riches,  but  in  the  living  God.'  " 

I  am  aware  that  many  will  consider  that  I  am  very  old-fashioned, 
naive,  and  out  of  date,  to  be  a  commissioner  of  education.  I  am 
aware  that  some  will  say  that  it  is  a  poor  philosopher  who  cannot 
discover  salration  by  logic  and  reasoning.  My  reply  is  that  of  the 
"Fable  of  the  Chicks,"  if  I  may  be  pardoned  for  recalling  the  name  of 
my  departed  father.  He  related  the  experiences  of  two  chicks  that 
happened  to  be  companions  in  the  same  setting.  The  hen  had  been 
sitting  for  nearly  three  weeks  on  the  eggs,  and  the  time  for  them  to 
hatch  was  almost  at  hand.  One  chick  was  stirred  by  instinct  of  a 
world  of  greater  freedom  beyond  the  white  walls  that  enclosed  him. 
He  soliloquized,  "I  feel  that  outside  there  is  another  world  in  which 
I  shall  find  air,  sunshine,  and  food.  I  feel  that  these  wings  and 
legs  will  come  into  play  and  I  shall  be  happier  there.  And  yet  I  do 
not  know  that  this  is  true.  Further,  I  cannot  act  upon  any  assumption 
that  cannot  be  known  and  logically  demonstrable.  I  shall  not  be 
swayed  by  foolish  sentiment.     I  shall  not  break  this  shell." 

Just  beside  the  egg  that  contained  this  agnostic  chick,  another 
chick  was  soliloquizing,  "I,  too,  feel  that  outside  is  a  world  of  greater 
freedom,  where  I  can  run  and  fly  and  where  I  shall  enjoy  the  air,  the 
sun,  food  and  water.  I  do  not  know  that  such  a  world  exists,  but 
I  have  faith  that  there  is  and  I  cannot  resist  the  feeling  that  impels 
me  to  pip  this  shell.     I  shall  pip  my  shell  today." 

A  few  days  later,  the  busy  housewife  discovered  the  hen  with 
the  brood  of  chicks  but  in  the  nest  lay  one  egg.  It  was  cold.  She 
broke  it  with  her  thimble.  There  was  a  cold  and  lifeless  form.  It 
was  our  agnostic  philosopher  who  could  not  act  upon  faith;  but 
acted  only  upon  the  dictates  of  his  reason. 


Mount  Majestic 


Oh,    Mount    Majestic,    towering    high! 
Peaks  hidden   in   the  sky! 
You've   seen   men   come   and   go; 
Your   age   doth   no   one   know. 

i 
Oh,  that  I  could  be  so  strong; 
That  I  could  live  half  so  long, 
To  see  races  as  they  pass; 
To    see    the    poor,    huddled    mass. 
And    reach   my   head   above   the   throng 
Where  there  is  always  happiness  and  song. 

Oh, Mount  Majestic,   king  of  all, 
I'm   coming;    I   cannot    resist   your   call! 
Sandy,  Utah.  JACK  EGBERT. 


RUSSIA'S  CONTRIBUTION  TO  AMERICA'S 
WHEAT  CROP 

By  P.  V.  Cardon,  Editor  of  "The  Utah  Farmer" 

Fully  one-half  of  the  wheat  grown  in  the  United  States  originated  in 
Russia.  A  bag  of  wheat  from  the  Volga  river  valley,  furnished  seed  for  the 
first  planting  of  hard-red  spring  wheat  on  the  American  continent  and  made 
possible  the  production  of  this  cereal  in  regions  that  had  long  been  consid- 
ered too  far  north.  From  the  territory  north  and  east  of  the  Black  Sea  came 
the  progenitors  of  our  hard-red  winter  wheats  which  proved  to  be  able  to 
thrive  in  spite  of  the  rigorous  climate  of  our  Great  Plains  and  made  possible 
a  rapid  westward  drift  of  our  wheat  belt.  Then  a  third,  the  durum  or 
"macaroni"  group  of  wheats  emerged  from  that  Slavonic  nation,  this  time 
from  the  Kirghiz  Steppe  region  of  western  Siberia,  and  upon  finding  a  new 
home  in  the  United  States  added  millions  of  bushels  to  our  wheat  supply. 

The  story  of  the  introduction  and  establishment  of  these  wheats  com- 
prises an  interesting  chapter  of  the  agricultural  history  of  our  nation.  It 
is  doubly  interesting  at  this  time,  because  the  United  States,  owing  to  Russia's 
agricultural  breakdown,  is  expected  by  other  nations  to  supply  an  unusually 
large  proportion  of  the  world's  wheat  crop.  This  story  also  develops  an 
appreciation  of  the  fact  that,  while  Russia  may  be  a  novice  in  the  art  of 
democratic  government,  she  is  a  past  master  of  scientific  crop  husbandry.  For 
most  of  our  hard  wheats,  although  highly  developed  by  plant-breeders  of 
the  United  States,  may  be  traced  back  to  hardy  types  long  ago,  improved  by 
Russia's  peasantry. 

The  history  of  Russian  wheat  in  North  America  begins  about  1842. 
In  that  year,  David  Fife  of  Ontario,  Canada,  received  a  small  lot  through  a 
friend  in  Glascow,  Scotland,  who  obtained  it  from  a  cargo  shipped  from 
Danzig  from  the  northern  Volga  River  Valley.  Mr.  Fife,  not  knowing 
whether  the  wheat  was  of  the  spring  or  winter  type,  planted  some,  as  an 
experiment,  in  the  spring.  Only  three  heads  matured,  and  these  apparently 
came  from  a  single  grain — the  only  spring-wheat  kernel  in  the  lot  that 
was  planted,  all  the  others  proving  to  be  of  the  winter  type.  From  those 
three  heads  was  developed  the  well  known  Fife  group  of  hard-spring  wheats. 
The  different  strains  of  Fife  spring  wheats  appearing  under  a  variety  of  local 
names,  now  comprise  the  bulk  of  our  standard  grades  and  are  among  the 
highest  priced  wheats  on  the  market.  But  the  Scotch  name  is  misleading, 
as   this  wheat  is  distinctly  Russian. 

Just  how  and  when  this  hard-spring  wheat  found  its  way  into  the 
United  States  from  Ontario  is  not  clear;  nor  does  it  matter.  The  point  of 
special  interest  is  that  it  proved  to  be  surprisingly  well  adapted  to  the 
conditions  of  soil  and  climate  in  Minnesota  and  later  in  North  and  South 
Dakota.  Today  it  is  grown  also  in  limited  areas  of  Wisconsin,  Illinois, 
Iowa,  Nebraska,  and  Montana.  Within  the  region  thus  defined  is  pro- 
duced most  of  our  spring  wheat,  which  amounts  to  about  one-third  of  our 
total  wheat  crop. 

Although  this  Scotch-bred  Russian  wheat  is  especially  well  adapted  to 
the  soil  and  climate  of  our  northern  plains  states,  commercially  it  was  very 
unpopular  when  first  introduced  into  the  United  States.  At  that  time 
millers  were  not  equipped  to  handle  it,  as  it  was  so  much  harder  than  our 
common  wheat,  and  what  flour  was  made  from  it  was  of  such  a  creamy 
cast  that  it  was  looked  upon  as  unfit  for  bread  making.  Wheat  buyers 
discriminated  against  the  hard  wheat,  paying  the  growers  15  to  25  cents  a 
bushel    less    than    for    soft    wheat,    and    bakers    refused    to    accept    the    flour 


1122 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


except  at  a  discount.  So  while  the  variety  was  at  hand  with  which  to 
extend  the  northwestern  limits  of  the  wheat  belt,  it  was  not  until  after  1870 
that  the  center  of  production  really  began  to  shift. 

The  year  1870  is  as  epochal  in  our  wheat  history  as  1793  in  the 
history  of  cotton  in  this  country.  For  to  the  same  degree  that  the  in- 
vention of  the  cotton  gin  marked  the  advent  of  a  rapid  and  broad  expansion 
of  cotton  growing,  the  adoption  by  this  country  of  a  French  machine  known 
as  a  wheat  flour  purifier  was  influential  in  the  extension  of  hard  wheat 
growing.  This  machine  was  first  constructed  in  Minneapolis  by  a  French- 
man named  La  Croix. 

By  means  of  the  purifier,  the  miller  is  said  to  have  been  enabled  to 
produce  from  "the  strongly  colored  but  nutritious  middlings  of  hard  wheat 
a  flour  suited  in  texture  and  color  to  the  popular  demand." 

But  just  as  the  cotton  gin  was  insufficient  to  allow  a  maximum  de- 
velopment of  our  cotton  industry  without  the  Arkwright  patents,  the  spin- 
ning jenny,  the  roving  mule  and  other  devices  necessary  in  the  manufacture 
of  cotton,  so  was  the  wheat-flour  purifier  insufficient  to  permit  of  maximum 
extension  of  hard-wheat  growing  without  a  better  means  of  crushing  the 
wheat.  This  means  was  provided  eight  years  later  (1878)  by  Governor 
C.  C.  Washburn  who  installed  the  first  complete  roller  mill  in  the  United 
States.      Instead  of  pulverizing  the  kernels,  as  with  the  old  style  stone  burs, 


■  -si 

m 
Ml 

IE 

"Turkey"  wheat,  of  which  this  is  a  typical  head,  was 
introduced  into  the  United  States  by  Russian  immigrants  about 
18  70,  but  it  was  only  within  the  last  decade  that  this  type 
of  wheat  was  adopted  by  the  farmers  of  Utah.  It  is  now 
grown  almost  exclusively  on  our  dry  farms  and  is  the  prin- 
cipal winter  wheat  planted  on  our  irrigated  farms.  The 
millers  of  this  state  are  partial  to  "Turkey"  as  a  hard-red 
winter  wheat. 


the  rolls  crushed  and  flaked  them,  thus  making  practicable  a  more  perfect 
separation  of  the  particles  in  the  latter  milling  processes. 

It  must  not  be  inferred  that  the  working  out  of  these  improvements  in 
flour  milling  resulted  from  any  keen  desire  on  the  part  of  millers  to  promote 
a  greater  production  of  hard-spring  wheat.  Nor  did  the  later  general  adop- 
tion of  the  purifier  and  roll  signify  that  millers  were  converted  to  the  idea 
that  hard  wheats  were  to  become  of  real  commercial  importance,  as  much 
as  it  indicated  a  general  desire  on  the  part  of  millers  to  improve  their  mill 
products,  chiefly  manufactured  from  soft  wheats. 

It  has  been  shown  that  the  Russian  wheat  was  unpopular  up  to  the 
time  that  La  Croix  and  Washburn  introduced  the  innovations  upon  which 
our  systems  of  "high  grinding"  are  based,  and  it  probably  would  have 
remained  unpopular  for  years  to  come  had  the  matter  of  extending  it  been 
left  largely  to  the  millers  and  bakers.  The  purifier  and  roll  simply  cleared 
a  path  for  what  was  to  follow. 

The  extension  of  hard-spring  wheat  growing  in  Minnesota,  North 
Dakota,  and  South  Dakota  and  parts  of  adjacent  states  was  inevitable,  be- 
cause upon  this  type  of  wheat  largely  depended  the  agricultural  development 
of  that  region.  The  pioneers  were  moving  west,  farther  and  farther  into 
the  plains.  They  had  found  that  our  soft  wheats  could  not  produce  profit- 
ably in  that  climate,  while  the  Russian  hard-spring  wheat  could.     The  lattei 


RUSSIA'S  CONTRIBUTION  1123 

had  been  bred,  generation  after  generation,  under  similar  conditions  in  the 
far  away  Volga  Valley.  In  fact  it  was  admirably  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  pioneers  of  our  northern  plains,  so  it  was  simply  up  to  the  millers  to 
prepare  to  handle  the  crops  that  were  bound  to  be  produced  in  that  section. 
Fortunately,  the  improved  milling  processes  made  this  possible.  The  natural 
result  of  this  phenomenal  increase  in  the  amount  of  production  of  spring- 
wheat  which  followed  the  migration  of  farmers  into  the  northwest,  and 
the  resultant  increase  in  the  amount  of  grain  handled  and  milled  in  that 
region,  was  a  shifting  of  wheat  and  flour  markets — from  eastern  to  western 
cities. 

Meantime,  an  equally  important  event  had  transpired  in  the  Central 
Great  Plains  states.  In  the  year  1873  some  immigrants  from  southern 
Russia  who  had  previously  settled  temporarily  in  Illinois  and  Iowa  moved 
on  to  the  plains  of  Kansas,  so  much  like  their  home  country,  and  brought 
with  them  another  kind  of  hard  wheat,  this  time  one  of  the  winter  type. 
By  the  time  the  great  westward  extension  of  the  hard-spring  wheat  area 
began,  this  kind  of  hard-winter  wheat  had  become  well  enough  established 
in  Kansas  and  adjoining  states  to  prove  the  value  of  the  central  plains  as  a 
hard  wheat  region.  Thus,  almost  simultaneously  the  virgin  land  of  the 
north  and  that  of  the  central  plains  was  broken  to  receive  the  seed  of  these 
Russian  plant  immigrants,  the  hard-spring  wheat  in  the  north,  where  the 
winters  are  severe,  and  hard-winter  wheat  in  the  middle  plains  where,  sown 
in  the  fall,  the  crop  could  live  to  emerge  in  the  early  spring  and  hasten  to 
maturity. 

The  production  of  hard-winter  wheat  in  this  country  is  reported  to 
have  been  a  success  from  the  first  planting.  Doubtless  this  can  be  explained 
by  the  unusual,  but  altogether  desirable  method  of  introducing  the  crop. 
The  people  who  had  grown  the  wheat  in  Russia  for  years  came  with  it  and 
planted  and  cultivated  it  as  they  had  been  used  to  doing  in  Taurida,  Crimea, 
and  Ekaterinoslav;  and  owing  to  the  fact  that  soil  and  climatic  conditions  in 
these  parts  of  Russia  approximate  those  obtaining  in  the  central  Great 
Plains,  it  was  but  a  natural  consequence  that  splendid  crops  should  be 
harvested. 

But  though  early  recognized  as  agriculturally  desirable,  it  was  a  long 
time  before  the  commercial  qualities  of  this  wheat  were  generally  appre- 
ciated. For  some  strange  reason  it  was  called  "Turkey"  wheat,  a  name 
still  applied  to  this  strain,  though  it  is  known  to  be  of  Russian  origin.  The 
name,  however,  probably  had  little  to  do  with  its  failure  to  be  readily  re- 
ceived on  the  market  and  hence  its  failure  to  extend  rapidly  in  cultivation. 
It  seems  that  Kansas  millers  simply  did  not  want  to  handle  hard  wheats 
and  Minneapolis  millers  for  unexplained  reasons  rejected  the  winter  type, 
despite  the  fact  that  their  experience  with  hard-spring  wheat  had  been  en- 
couraging. "Turkey"  wheat  had  been  grown  in  this  country  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century  before  its  true  value  was  appreciated. 

The  need  of  such  a  wheat  was  soon  made  plain  to  those  hardy,  fearless 
farmers  who,  in  the  90's,  pushed  on  to  the  western  Plains  to  occupy  the 
lands  thrown  open  to  entry  by  the  Government.  The  farther  west  these 
plainsmen  went  the  more  severe  grew  the  conditions.  The  winters  were 
more  open,  often  with  little  snow  to  blanket  the  ground  and  thus  afford 
protection  to  the  fall  sown  grain,  and  spring  and  summer  conditions  were 
such  as  to  reduce  the  yields  of  spring  wheat.  What  was  needed  was  a 
wheat  hardy  enough  to  withstand  the  cold  winters  and  drought-resistant 
enough  to  mature  in  spite  of  a  frequent  shortage  of  rainfall.  Then,  too, 
there  was  the  danger  of  hot  winds  to  be  taken  into  account. 

"Turkey"  wheat  met  this  urgent  need  to  a  greater  degree  than  the 
softer  common  varieties  because  it  originated  in  and  was  bred  through 
generations  under  similar  conditions.  Very  naturally,  therefore,  seed  of  it 
was  in  demand  and  the  limited  supply  was  far  from  adequate.     Fresh  sup- 


1124  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

plies  were  imported  from  Russia,  but  this  new  seed  is  said  to  have  yielded 
less  abundantly  than  the  local  supplies  of  acclimatized  seed.  But  the  plant- 
ing of  "Turkey"  wheat  continued  until,  through  shear  force  of  bushels  on 
bushels,  millers  and  bakers  alike  began  to  foresee  and  prepare  for  what  surely 
must  come. 

But  as  good  as  it  had  proved  itself  to  be,  "Turkey"  wheat  was  not  yet 
what  a  wheat  should  be  to  overcome  the  great  handicap  of  the  middle 
plains.  This  Russian  variety  was  superior  to  our  so-called  American  wheats 
when  it  came  to  fighting  against  cold  and  drought,  but  even  then  there  were 
times  when  a  crop  failure  or  near  failure  was  experienced.  Owing  to  the 
increased  consumption  of  this  hard  winter  wheat,  both  in  this  country  and 
abroad,  a  crop  failure  on  the  Plains  seriously  disturbed  economic  con- 
ditions  the   world   over.      Moreover,    in   such   a  year,    the   sad   plight   of   the 


IJ        '    If     I'l        11     |i 

mM      M  1 1    111 

Bm  flr'Sl       '  ■»     .  §  - 


Types  of  hard  wheat  of  Russian  origin;  number  1  and  3  are  typical  of  the  hard- 
red  winter  varieties,  as  "Turkey"  and  Kharkof.  Numbers  2  and  4  are  representative 
of  the  common,  beardless  type  of  Russian  hard-red  spring  wheat.  Number  5  is  of 
the    Durum,    or    "Macaroni"    type. 

The  hard-red  winter  type  of  wheat,  represented  chiefly  by  the  "Turkey"  variety, 
has  of  late  years  become  the  most  widely  grown  dry  farm  wheat  in  the  intermountain 
territory — in  fact,  it  is  practically  the  only  winter  wheat  grown  here.  It  is  planted 
extensively  also  on  the  irrigated  farms  of  Utah,  where  it  was  virtually  unknown  15 
years  ago. 

The  hard-red  spring  type  of  wheat  is  grown  to  some  extent  on  the  irrigated 
farms  of  this  and  adjoining  states,  but  it  is  not  so  common  as  the  softer  white  wheats. 
Although  some  durum  wheat  has  been  planted  in  Utah,  on  dry  as  well  as  irrigated 
land,  this  type  of  wheat  never  has  become  established  in  this  state. 

Plains'  farmers  was  enough  in  itself  to  show  the  need' of  serious  attention 
being  paid  the  matter  of  finding  a  more  dependable  wheat  and  better  methods 
of  growing  it. 

The  states  comprising  what  was  by  this  time  called  the  "Wheat  Belt." 
and  the  federal  government  as  well,  were  not  slow  to  seek  a  solution  of  the 
problem.  Agricultural  organizations  in  the  Plains  States  had  foreseen  some 
of  these  difficulties  and  scientific  investigators  from  the  State  Experiment 
Stations  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  were  striving  to  obtain 
helpful  information.  Though  some  good  had  been  accomplished  progress 
necessarily  was  slow,  and  it  was  soon  apparent  that  something  more  should 
be  done. 


RUSSIA'S  CONTRIBUTION  1125 

Men  of  broad  vision  advised  scouring  the  world  for  a  suitable  wheat 
and  took  steps  to  provide  means  for  adequately  studying  under  local  con- 
ditions every  imported  variety  that  appeared  promising.  Funds  were  appro- 
priated and  agricultural  explorers  detailed  to  this  notable  undertaking  which 
led  ultimately  to  the  introduction  of  many  valuable  crops  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  splendid  series  of  field  stations  which  has  rendered  invaluable 
service  in  recent  years  by  way  of  studying  the  cultural  problems  of  farming 
in  the  Great  Plains. 

Knowing  what  the  Russian  hard  wheats  already  had  done  in  the 
United  States,  the  logical  thing  to  do  was  to  send  an  expert  over  there  with 
a  view  of  finding  something  better  than  anything  that  had  yet  come  to  us 
by  chance.  Accordingly,  the  best  man  available,  M.  A.  Carleton,  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  himself  a  Kansan  and  familiar  with  the 
soil  and  climate  of  the  Plains,  was  detailed  to  this  important  work.  The 
choice  of  such  a  man  was  indeed  fortunate.  Only  a  man  possessed  of  Mr. 
Carleton's  thorough  training,  calm  judgment  and  dogged  perseverence  could 
have  secured  the  striking  results  now  properly  accredited  to  him  by  all  who 
know  of  the  problems  encountered. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  follow  him  in  his  travels  or  even  report  in 
detail  his  findings.  It  is  enough  to  say  that  he  was  gone  f:om  this  country 
nearly  a  year  on  the  first  trip,  from  July,  1898  ot  February,  1899,  and 
made  a  second  expedition  in  1900.  In  that  time  he  found  wheat  of  many 
strains,  and  oats  and  other  cereals,  such  as  emmer  and  spelz.  Each  were 
studied  there  on  the  ground;  the  conditions  under  which  they  were  grow- 
ing were  described,  and  samples  of  each  crop  were  sent  back  home  with 
instructions  for  testing  under  our  own  conditions. 

Of  all  of  these  imported  Russian  cereals,  two  are  of  special  interest  in 
connection  with  the  present  subject.  One  of  these  is  the  Kharkof,  hard-red 
winter  wheat,  and  the  other  Kubanka  a  variety  of  durum  or  "macaroni" 
wheat,  until  then  scarcely  known  in  America.  With  Kharkof  we  can  deai 
briefly,  but  the  story  of  Kubanka  cannot  be  so  readily  passed  over. 

The  Kharkof  variety  was  obtained  in  1900,  in  Starobelsk  district  of 
eastern  Kharkof,  which  is  further  north  and  subject  to  greater  drought  and 
colder  winds  than  Taurida,  the  district  whence  "Turkey"  wheat  came.  It 
was  to  be  expected,  therefore,  that  Kharkof  wheat  would  suit  the  needs  of 
our  Plains  farmers  better  than  "Turkey." 

In  outward  appearances  Kharkof  is  identified  with  "Turkey."  Both 
are  bearded,  resembling  barley  in  some  ways,  and  their  chaff  and  straw  a;e 
almost  white.  The  kernels  of  each  are  hard  and  red,  those  of  the  Kharkof 
possibly  a  shade  darker  than  the  others.  But  in  the  very  important  matter 
of  yield,  Kharkof,  after  years  of  careful  comparison  appears  to  be  superior 
to  "Turkey."  In  some  parts  of  the  Great  Plains,  Kharkof  is  now  grown 
almost  exclusively,  and  half  the  wheat  of  Kansas  is  said  to  be  of  this  variety, 
or  of  improved  strains  of  this  variety.  Hence,  to  a  very  great  extent, 
Kharkof  has  contributed  toward  making  wheat  growing  safe  in  the  Plains, 
unfortunately,  however,  even  Kharkof  the  best  found  in  Russia,  seems  to  be 
unable  to  yield  profitably  under  extreme  conditions.  But  to  do  that  is 
almost  too  much  to  expect  of  any  crop.  The  point  to  keep  in  mind  is 
that  strains  of  the  closely  related  "Turkey"  and  Kharkof  types  come  much 
nearer  meeting  the  requirements  than  soft  wheats  and  in  the  Central  Great 
Plains  today  they  are  grown  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  the  latter. 

With  Fife  and  other  strains  of  hard-spring  wheat  well  established  in 
the  north  and  "Turkey"  and  Kharkof  in  the  central  Great  Plains,  even  as 
far  south  as  Oklahoma,  it  would  seem  that  the  needs  of  this  region  were 
well  provided  for,  so  far  as  wheat  varieties  were  concerned,  but  Mr.  Carleton 
believed  that  durum  wheats  could  be  grown  to  advantage  in  this  country 
and  he  doggedly  set  about  establishing  them. 

Fife  and   "Turkey"   had  a  hard   enough   time   winning  a   plact  on   the 


1126  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

market,  but  their  struggle  was  as  naught  compared  with  what  Kubanka 
and  other  durum  wheats  encountered.  Both  the  type  of  wheat  and  its 
sponsor  were  made  the  objects  of  ridicule.  In  the  opinions  of  buyers,  millers, 
and  bakers  alike,  there  was  not  and  never  would  be  a  place  in  America  for 
durum  wheat,  and  that  opinion  was  expressed  in  no  uncertain  terms. 

But  those  who  held  that  opinion  have  lived  to  see  durum  wheat  estab- 
lished in  cultivation,  chiefly  in  the  Dakotas,  and  sometimes  topping  even 
hard-spring  wheat  on  the  markets.  Moreover  those  same  persons,  who  at 
first  were  so  opposed  to  durum  wheat,  today  are  not  only  dealing  in  it 
but  are  actually  classed  among  its  staunchest  supporters.  If  ever  a  fight 
was  won  against  great  odds,  it  was  Kubanka's  fight  for  a  place  in  the  pit, 
generaled  by  its  genial  sponser. 

A  few  statistics  will  be  instructive.  Kubanka  and  some  other  durum 
wheats  were  introduced  in  1899  and  1900.  In  1901  probably  60  to  70 
thousand  bushels  were  produced.  Two  years  later  production  had  reached 
6  to  7  million  bushels  and  in  1906  the  crop  was  reported  at  50,000,000 
bushels.  That  crop  flooded  the  poor  market  for  durum  wheat  and  the 
inevitable  happened.  This  wheat  sold  far  below  hard-red  spring  and  somt 
farmers,  discouraged,  abandoned  its  cultivation.  Many  persisted,  however, 
and  1909  saw  approximately  40,000,000  bushels  of  durum  wheat  pro- 
duced! But  in  1910  and  in  1911,  owing  to  extreme  drought,  the  yields 
dropped  down  to  24  and  16  million  bushels,  respectively,  and  by  1911  the 
price  because  of  an  increasing  demand  for  American-grown  durum  wheat 
in  Europe  as  well  as  in  this  country,  was  more  nearly  equitable,  No.  1 
Northern  (hard-spring)  topping  No.  Durum  by  only  about  5  cents  per 
bushel.  Then  came  the  crop  of  1912,  historic  in  the  annals  of  durum 
wheat  in  the  United  States,  when  40,000,000  bushels  were  produced  and 
sold  at  a  price  above  No.  1  Northern!  Since  then  durum  wheat  has  con- 
tinued to  occupy  a  high  position  on  our  wheat  exchanges. 

Kubanka  was  introduced  from  the  Kirghiz  Steppe  district  of  Western 
Siberia  in  the  vicinity  of  Uralsk  and  Orenburg.  Like  other  wheats  of  this 
type  it  has  unusually  long  beards,  which  make  it  objectionable  in  the  eyes 
of  some  farmers.  Millers  were  justified  to  some  extent  in  complaining  of 
the  flintiness  of  the  large  amber  kernels  of  the  durum  wheat,  which  called 
for  certain  readjustments  of  the  milling  machinery;  but  the  value  of  this 
wheat  for  macaroni  manufacture  and  its  potential  value  as  a  bread  wheat, 
besides  its  high  yielding  power  and  resistance  to  rust,  made  it  sure  of  finally 
winning  a  place  in  this  country. 

So  these  and  other  varieties  of  the  three  groups  of  Russian  wheats,  the 
hard-spring,  the  hard-winter,  and  the  durum,  in  the  face  of  much  opposition, 
finally  became  acclimatized  and  permanently  established  in  this  country;  and 
today  perhaps  more  Russian  hard  wheat  is  produced  here  than  all  the  other 
kinds  combined. 


God's  Touch 

God  takes  a  man,  his  native  son, 

And  with  a  Father's  deep  design, 
He  shapes  an  image  like  his  own; 

To  share  with  him  a  place  divine. 

And  when  God's  purpose  is  complete, 

Respecting   man,   his  earthly  clod. 
His  touch  awakes  the  Infinite 
And  lo,  his  Son  is  now  a  God! 
Phoenix,   Ariz.  M.   A.   STEWART 


"MORMONISM"  AS  AN  EDUCATIONAL 
INSTITUTION 

By  Clarence  William  Brown 

[Clarence  William  Brown,  one  of  the  competitors  at  the  finals  of  the 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  public  speaking  contest  at  the  late  June  conference,  was  born 
July  29,  1902,  in  Ogden,  Utah,  and  is  a  son  of  Chistopher  J.  and  Electa 
E.  Brown.  He  received  his  schooling  under  Principal  D.  H.  Adams  in 
Madison  School,  and  graduated  from  the  eighth  grade  there,  in  1915.  He 
attended  the  Weber  Academy,  taking  three  years  high  school  and  one  year 
college  study,  at  that  institution,  filled  a  mission  in  the  southern  states, 
leaving  July  1,  1920,  and  labored  under  President  Charles  A.  Callis  for 
two  years  and  eight  months.  He  spent  part  of  his  time  in  the  Kentucky 
conference  as  president,  and  later  was  made  superintendent  of  mission  Sunday 
Schools,  with  headquarters  at  Atlanta,  Georgia.  He  visited  and  organized 
schools  in  Georgia,  Florida  and  South  Carolina.  On  his  return  home  he 
spent  one  more  year  at  the  Weber  College,  graduating  in  1924,  and  is  at 
present  president  of  the  elders'  quorum  in  the  5  th  ward  of  the  Mount  Ogden 
stake.  We  are  indebted  to  Superintendent  I.  F.  Williams  for  this  information. 
— Editors.] 

How  do  the  Latter-day  Saints  rank  in  physical  strength  and 
vitality?  The  best  index  to  the  physical  soundness  of  a  people  is  infant 
mortality.  A  recent  census  reveals  the  fact  that  one  hundred  and  one 
babies  out  of  a  thousand,  born  alive  in  the  United  States,  die  before 
they  become  one  year  of  age.  Only  sixty-four  out  of  a  thousand 
born  in  Utah  die  before  they  become  of  this  age.  The  figures  prove 
the  presence  of  physical  cleanliness  and  stamina  resulting  from  the 
teachings  of  "Mormonism."  , 

Again,  statistics  disclose  the  fact  that  the  average  length  of  life 
in  the  United  States  is  thirty  years.  It  is  a  startling  affirmation  to 
declare  that  the  average  age  of  the  adherents  of  "Mormonism"  has  in- 
creased  from   thirty   years   to   thirty-six   years,    an   increase   of   20%. 

Such  are  the  results  of  obedience  to  the  wholesome,  hygienic  rules 
given  to  the  Saints  by  revelation.  But,  even  greater  achievements 
than  these  can  be  anticipated,  for  stronger  bodies  will  continually  evolve 
until  we  shall  ultimately  realize  God's  ideal  of  physical  manhood. 

Psychologists  affirm  that  great  minds  can  best  be  sustained  by 
sound,  healthy  bodies.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  "Mormonism" 
is  creating  a  desire  for  physical  fitness,  is  building  a  substantial 
foundation  for  the  increased  intellectual  activity  which  this  religion 
asserts   is  a  prime  requisite  of  a  complete   life. 

From  its  incipiency  "Mormonism"  has  fostered  the  development 
of  the  mind.  Inspired  by  divine  light  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith 
revealed  certain  great  and  fundamental  principles  of  intelligence  which 
have  been  dynamic  forces  in  impelling  the  Latter-day  Saints  to  rise 
to  more  exalted  hopes  and  holier  deeds. 


1128  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

His  simple  declaration,  "A  man  can  be  saved  no  faster  than  he 
gets  knowledge"  is  a  far  reaching  thought,  a  great  mainspring  to 
human  endeavor,  carrying  man  onward  and  upward  to  the  realization 
of  a  higher,  and  nobler  life. 

"The  glory  of  God  is  intelligence"  is  an  active,  positive  prin- 
ciple, containing  the  power  of  continuous  mental  growth.  It  has 
supplied  the  springs  of  action  for  its  believers  to  seek  out  from 
science,  literature,  art,  the  things  which  make  for  happiness.  It  has 
lifted  them  out  of  the  sordid  pleasures  of  a  material  world  and  created 
in  them  a  desire  for  that  which  is  divine. 

Such  are  the  principles  of  intelligence  which  appeared  as  beacon 
lights  in  the  destiny  of  the  Latter-day  Saints.  Such  are  the  principles 
which  actuate  their  lives  and  influence  them  to  seek  the  great,  the 
good,  the  beautiful.  Such  are  the  principles  which  are  making  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  a  great  educational  institution. 

Furthermore  that  its  adherents  may  develop  their  capacities  to  the 
greatest  perfection  possible,  "Mormonism"  is  providing  those  facilities 
essential  to  the  acquiring  of  a  liberal  education. 

It  distributes  its  members  in  inter-related  local  organizations, 
and  provides  courses  of  study  and  practical  activities  which  teach 
them  their  correct  relation  to  their  fellows,  to  society,  to  the  state, 
and  to  God.  With  a  firm  belief  in  the  maxim  that  a  person  retains 
only  that  which  he  gives  away,  it  furnishes  opportunity  for  its  people 
to  develop  by  service  to  others.  It  supplies  work  for  each  to  do 
that  each  may  learn  by  doing. 

Furthermore,  in  the  cause  of  higher  education,  it  has  builded 
schools,  endowed  colleges,  and  developed  an  educational  system  which 
is  unsurpassed  in  the  world. 

But  with  this  superiority  in  intellectual  attainment  "Mormonism" 
is  aware  of  the  fact  that  mere  physical  and  mental  development  do 
not  satisfy  all  the  purposes  of  human  existence. 

To  be  alive  only  to  strength,  appetite,  pleasure,  wealth,  and 
pride,  which  come  from  physical  and  intellectual  achievements,  and 
not  to  be  alive  to  purity,  and  love,  sympathy,  and  kindness,  hope  and 
ambition  resulting  from  spiritual  development,   is  to  be  almost  dead. 

In  the  development  of  all  his  capacities  "Mormonism"  recog- 
nizes man's  need  of  God.  Human  intelligence  has  its  limitations 
but  the  inspiration  and  intelligence  from  the  Almighty  are  infinite  and 
eternal.  Among  men,  knowledge  is  meagre,  truth  is  limited,  justice 
is  defective,  mercy  is  failing,  righteousness  is  insufficient,  and  love 
is  incomplete.  All  of  these  qualities  are  held  by  man,  but  held  by 
him  imperfectly.  So  to  realize  his  ideals  man  looks  beyond  himself 
to  the  Being  in  whom  these  qualities  are  perfected.  It  is  then  that 
"Mormonism"  contributes  its  most  priceless  gifts  in  educating  its 
people  in  spiritual  things,   in  their  relationship  to  God. 

It  declares  that,  "As  man  is,  God  once  was;  and  as  God  is,  man 


"MORMONISM"   AS  AN  EDUCATIONAL   INSTITUTION  1129 

may  become."  Man  is  of  divine  lineage,  the  offspring  of  Deity,  having 
inherent  within  him  the  powers  and  attributes  of  God.  His  duty, 
therefore,  is  to  develop  these  traits  and  powers  that  tell  of  his  Divine 
descent  and  to  become,  even  while  mortal,  Godlike. 

To  enable  its  people  to  do  this,  "Mormonism"  has  provided 
them  with  the  greatest  code  of  ethics  that  has  yet  been  given  unto 
man — the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ.  In  it  are  contained  the  laws, 
ordinances,  principles,  and  commandments  necessary  for  the  perfection 
of  man's  nature  in  the  image  of  his  God. 

This  gospel  enlarges  sympathy,  increases  reverence,  nourishes 
faith,  inspires  hope,  exalts  the  imagination,  and  keeps  alive  the 
fire  of  love.  It  awakens  within  the  Latter-day  Saints  a  firm  belief  in 
being  honest,  true,  chaste,  benevolent,  virtuous  and  in  doing  good 
to  all  mankind.  With  Alma,  a  Book  of  Mormon  prophet,  it  teaches 
that  to  prostitute  virtue  or  chastity,  is  one  of  the  blackest  crimes  in 
the  heavenly  category. 

Such  teachings  linked  with  temple  ordinances  have  created  in 
the  hearts  of  the  people  a  divine  sacredness  for  the  marriage  covenant. 
They  have  solidified  the  home,  decreasing  divorces  by  over  30% 
The  importance  of  this  is  readily  apparent  when  we  consider  that 
75%  of  our  immorality  and  juvenile  delinquency  come  from  homes 
where  divorce  has  wrought  havoc.  Under  the  influence  of  these 
salient  principles,  the  Latter-day  Saints  are  becoming  an  example  of 
righteousness  unto  the  world,  a  city  set  upon  a  hill  which  cannot  be 
hid.  Thus  is  being  developed  in  its  people  that  physical  strength 
that  qualifies  them  to  perform  the  constant  duties  of  life,  the  power  to 
think,  that  enables  them  to  cope  with  the  problems  of  their  environ- 
ment, that  faith  in  God  and  clean  living  by  which  they  are  able  to  ful- 
fil all  the  purposes  of  human  existence. 

Is  there  a  need  in  the  world  for  such  liberal  education? 

In  this  age  of  great  change  and  upheaval,  when  men  have  fallen 
into  the  habit  of  measuring  human  achievements  by  material  stan- 
dards, and  when  their  motives  are  almost  wholly  controlled  and  di- 
rected by  economic  forces,  the  supreme  need  is  for  a  prophetic  voice 
to  call  men  back  to  a  consideration  of  things  spiritual.  That  voice 
is  the  voice  of  the  Latter-day  Saints,  declaring  that  man  must  har- 
moniously develop  his  capacities,  making  the  physical  and  intellectual 
subservient  to  the  spiritual,  if  he  is  to  fulfil  the  purposes  of  his 
divine  inheritance. 

Therefore,  as  Latter-day  Saints,  we  must  hold  steadfastly  to  the 
simple  faith  of  our  fathers.  We  must  continue  to  develop  all  our 
capacities,  and  allow  the  fruits  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  to  radiate 
from  our  lives.  Thus  through  our  good  work  we  may  convince  the 
world  that  man  cannot  expand  to  the  fulness  of  his  nature,  without 
the  help  and  assistance  of  the  Eternal  God. 


PROPHECY  AND  HISTORY 

By  Edward  H.  Anderson 

What  many  of  our  young  married  couples  need  is  a  clear, 
rational  vision  of  the  relation  of  prophecy  and  history  to  their  lives. 
Every  person  should  be  a  prophet  in  his  own  affairs,  and  have  a 
clear  vision  of  his  future.  In  this  way  prophecy  becomes  history, 
and  the  old  adage,  which  declares  history  is  prophecy  reversed, 
becomes  true  in  his  experiences. 

Besides,  this  knowledge  of  prophecy  and  history  gives  men  and 
women  a  definite  aim  in  life,  holding  them  steadfastly  to  noble 
purpose.  It  saves  them  from  entering  by-paths  that  lead  nowhere. 
It  protects  them  from  morbid  materialism,  and  moral  degeneracy, 
and  places  them  on  a  foundation  of  spirituality  in  which  God  is  the 
directing  power.  Not  till  our  young  fathers  and  mothers  possess  this, 
will  they  have  paid  in  full  their  debt  to  the  valiant  pioneers  whose 
prophetic  spirit  and  keen  insight,  made  possible  the  history  of  our 
western  commonwealths.  Not  till  then  will  they  have  paid  in  full 
the  debt  they  owe  to  the  new  generation  now  being  cradled  in  their 
homes. 

Prophecy  in  the  experience  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  as  individuals 
has  frequently  become  history.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  people 
as  of  individuals.  I  need  only  refer  to  two  well  known  instances,  one 
uttered  by  Joseph  Smith,  the  prophet,  in  August,  1842,  more  than 
eighty  years  ago  and  recorded  at  the  time.  In  this  a  number  of  the 
brethren  were  promised:  "Some  of  you  will  live  to  go  and  assist  in 
making  settlements  and  build  cities  and  see  the  Saints  become  a 
mighty  people  in  the  midst  of  the  Rocky  mountains."  This  is  a 
prophecy  which  has  become  history  before  our  very  eyes. 

Another  by  President  Brigham  Young.  He  and  a  number  of  his 
brethren  were  walking  over  the  land,  soon  after  the  arrival  of  the 
pioneers,  when  suddenly  President  Young,  coming  to  the  place  where 
our  world-famed  temple  now  stands,  then  a  barren,  rocky  spot, 
struck  his  cane  into  the  ground  and  exclaimed:  "Here  we  will  build 
the  temple  of  our  God."  Several  years  thereafter,  on  the  6th  of 
April,  1853,  the  corner  stones  were  laid  by  President  Young  as- 
sisted by  his  counselors,  Heber  C.  Kimball  and  Willard  Richards. 
Forty  years  later  the  glorious  structure  was  completed,  and  the  temple 
of  our  God,  which  to  the  prophet  Brigham  Young,  had  been  a 
vision  and  prophecy,   is  now  a  visible  history. 

An  incident  in  connection  with  the  breaking  of  the  ground  for 


♦Delivered  at   the  opening  session  of  the   June,    1924,   M.   I.   A.   Conference,   at 
joint  officers  meeting  in  the  Assembly  Hall. 


PROPHECY   AND  HISTORY  1131 

the  foundation  was  related  to  me  more  than  thirty  years  ago  by  Brig- 
ham  Young,  Jr.  and  is  worthy  of  mention.  The  breaking  of  the 
ground  was  done  in  February  and  President  Young  was  present.  The 
ground  was  frozen  and  hence  broke  in  a  large  crust.  As  the  men 
were  raising  the  first  piece  of  earth  a  silver  dollar  fell  upon  it.  The 
sight  of  coin  in  those  days  was  a  rarity,  and  the  appearance  of  the  silver 
at  the  time  and  place,  contributed  doubtless  by  an  unknown  witness 
of  the  proceedings,  was  considered  a  good  omen.  It  certainly  has  so 
turned  out,  for  the  temple  as  Brigham  saw  it  was  a  prophecy  which 
has  become  a  marvelous  history  in  our  lives. 

And  so  we  might  go  on  with  illustrations.  Our  happy  moun- 
tain homes,  our  fruitful  fields,  our  thriving  towns  and  cities,  our 
marvelous  industries  and  mines,  our  canneries  and  factories,  our 
luxurious  palaces  of  learning,  our  glorious  temples  and  houses  of  wor- 
ship, are  prophecies  which,  being  fulfilled,  have  become  history. 
Behold,  it  is  marvelous  in  our  eyes! 

What  we  have  seen  and  learned  in  the  course  of  our  own  lives 
is  a  lesson  to  us  and  to  our  young  people  to  seek  the  testimony  of 
Jesus,  which  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy  that  we  in  turn  may  prophesy 
of  the  future,  and  by  our  faith  and  works,  make  our  visions  come 
true.  This  will  result  in  history,  full  of  countless  blessings  to  those 
who  shall  follow  after  us — our  children  and  our  children's  children, — 
history  that  shall  overflow  even  in  fuller  measure  than  that  resulting 
from  the  prophecies  of  our  fathers. 

The  Latter-day  Saints  are  believers  in  the  efficacy  of  prophetic 
utterance.  They  are  firm  believers  in  the  prophets  and  prophecies 
of  the  Book  of  Mormon,  treating  of  the  ancient  inhabitants  of  this  con- 
tinent. These  are  full  of  splendid  lessons  that  may  be  applied  to  our 
lives.  There  are  scores  of  illustrations  of  prophets  and  their  pro- 
phecies fulfilled  in  that  holy  book  that  cannot  fail  to  impress  the 
young  married  people  of  our  age  with  their  wonderful  value  as  in- 
spiration for  the  future  day,  once  they  become  familiar  with 
them.  Of  course,  in  order  to  get  value  from  them,  we  must  become 
familiar  with  them  so  that  they  may  be  applied  in  our  tasks  and  be 
made  prophetic  guides  for  our  instruction  and  for  the  history  of  our 
lives. 

Lehi  was  comforting  the  mother  of  his  sons  who  had  journeyed 
into  the  wilderness  up  to  the  land  of  Jerusalem  to  obtain  the  record 
of  the  Jews.  It  appears  that  Lehi  also  found  certain  plates  of  brass 
upon  which  a  genealogy  of  his  fathers  was  engraved,  by  which  he 
knew  that  he  was  a  descendant  of  Joseph,  who  was  sold  into  Egypt, 
and  from  whom  has  sprung  Ephraim  and  Manasseh.  Lehi  thus  dis- 
covered the  genealogy  of  his  fathers  and  was  filled  with  the  spirit  and 
was  led  to  prophesy  concerning  his  seed  saying  "that  these  plates  of 
brass  should  go  forrth  into  all  nations,  kindreds,  tongues  and  peo- 
ple who  were  of  his  seed.      Wherefore,   he  said  that  these  plates  of 


1132  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

brass  should  never  perish,  neither  should  they  be  dimmed  any  more 
by  time."  And  he  prophesied  many  other  things  concerning  the 
people  who  were  to  be  his  descendants.  This  prophecy  has  been  remark- 
ably fulfilled,  at  least  in  part,  by  the  coming  forth  in  these  days  of  the 
Book  of  Mormon  containing  these  facts.  Doubtless  many  other  ideas 
in  that  book  were  gathered  from  the  brass  plates  by  the  ancient 
writers  of  the  Book  of  Mormon.  This  book  has  been  and  is  being 
distributed  to  the  seed  of  Lehi  in  all  parts  of  this  land.  Hundreds  of 
thousands  of  copies  have  been  printed  and  distributed  to  all  nations, 
kindreds,  tongues,  and  people,  as  well  as  to  the  seed  of  Lehi.  And 
so  the  prophecy  is  made  history  in  our  day.  Many  other  instances 
might  be  mentioned  in  which  the  Book  of  Mormon  prophecies  have 
become  history  in  modern  times. 

In  the  course  of  study  in  the  advanced  Senior  class  of  the  Y.  M. 
M.  I.  A.,  1924-25,  it  is  intended  that  some  of  these  shall  be  pointed 
out  to  the  membership  of  the  class,  which  now  numbers  something 
like  25,000  people. 

Besides,  twelve  lessons  from  the  text  book,  The  Founding  of 
Utah,  will  be  prepared  that  will  illustrate  the  fulfilment  of  some  of  the 
prophecies  of  modern  prophets. 

Think  what  wonderful  history  this  membership  may  project  into 
the  future,  if  they  shall  obtain  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  and  by  their 
faith,  study,  and  works,  and  the  help  in  the  days  to  come  of  the 
Holy  Spirit,  cause  to  be  woven  into  reality  by  their  descendants, 
history  upon  which  future  generations  may  still  build  structures  of 
progress,  spiritual  and  temporal,  that  shall  reach  into  the  eternities. 
The  idea  is  not  so  much  to  gather  voluminous  illustrations,  as  to 
have  the  membership  imbibe  the  spirit  that  characterized  the  prophets 
of  old  and  the  people  who  transformed  their  prophecies  into  history. 
The  same  application  may  be  made  to  the  lives  of  the  people  today. 

And  now,  as  a  closing  thought!  We  must  obtain  a  testimony 
of  Jesus  as  our  Savior  and  a  firm  faith  in  God  as  the  overruling 
Being.  Faith,  which  is  a  gift  of  God  to  all  who  seek,  comes  by 
asking  and  by  studying  and  by  hearing  the  word  of  the  Lord. 

Our  study  in  the  Advanced  Senior  class  will  direct  us  in  the 
way,  and  if  we  continue  earnestly,  our  faith  will  increase,  so  that  at 
the  close  of  the  study  season  of  1924-25,  we  can  have  a  testimony  of 
Jesus  which  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  and  can  say  in  our  hearts,  "This 
is  life  eternal,  that  they  might  know  thee,  the  only  true  God,  and 
Jesus   Christ,    whom   thou   hast  sent." 

At  a  recent  convention  of  Scouts,  it  was  stated  that  out  of 
3.200  boys  coming  before  the  Los  Angeles  Juvenile  Court,  only 
two  were  boy  scouts.  Of  course,  the  boy  scout  program  has  much  to 
do  with  such  a  showing,  but  it  should  be  remembered,  also,  that  the 
underlying  cause  of  good  conduct  is  love  of  God  and  faith  in  him. 
A  great  majority  of  our  Scouts  are  blest  with  parents  who  have  this 


PROPHECY   AND  HISTORY  1133 

faith,  and  who  believe  in  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Savior  of  mankind.  Hence 
their  good  behavior.  Knowing  God  and  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  is 
not  only  eternal  life,  but  it  is  a  solid  foundation  for  moral  conduct. 
Without  this  knowledge  we  build  upon  sand. 

Despise  not  prophesyings!  From  prophecy  has  arisen  the  deepest 
movement  of  the  human  spirit.  Prophecy  is  a  creative  power  whose 
results  remain  the  imperishable  heritage  of  our  age  and  race.  Our 
Church  is  built  upon  prophecy,  hence  our  progress.  We  believe  in 
prophets  and  prophecy.  We  sing,  "We  thank  thee,  O  God,  for  a 
prophet."  We  worship  God,  we  seek  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ 
which  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy. 

My  brethren  and  sisters,  fellow  workmen  in  the  M.  I.  A.,  I  am 
delighted  to  have  had  this  privilege  of  saying  these  few  words  to  you; 
you  who  are  the  descendants  of  workers  with  whom  I  have  been 
associated  in  the  M.  I.  A.  for  fifty  years  within  a  few  months.  I  love 
the  work,  it  is  dear  to  my  heart,  and  I  hope  that  God  will  inspire 
you  and  me  and  coming  generations  to  carry  it  on,  and  on.  Thank 
you,   God  bless  you,      Amen. 


Nature's  Music 

There's  music  in  the  gentle  breeze 
That  stirs  the  leaves  and  sways  the  trees; 
There's  music  in  the  plaintive  song 
It  sings,  while  gliding  smoothly  on. 

There's  music  in  the  gusts  that  roar 
Among  the  cliffs  where  the  eagles  soar, 
And  in  the  great  pines'  heavy  notes, 
Whose  sound  o'er  hill  and  valley  floats. 

There's  music  in  the  gentle  rain; 
While   rushing   down   the   verdant   hill, 
When,  o'er  some  great  high  cliff  it  leaps, 
And   falls   below   in  liquid   heaps. 

There's  music  in  the  gentle  rain; 
It    sings   a    sweet    and    soothing   strain, 
While  falling  on  the  grateful  leaves, 
Or  dripping  from   the   sulky   eaves. 

There's   music   in   the    restless  sea 
Where  great  high   waves  rush  toward  the  lea, 
And   giving  forth   their  mighty   roar 
While  dashing  madly  on   the  shore. 

There's  music  in  the  human  soul 
Which,  harmonizing  with  the  whole. 
Responds  to  all  that  nature  sings 
And  blends  most  sweetly  with  all  things. 

Logan,  Utah  SAMUEL  B.  MlTTON. 


THE    MISSISSIPPI    PEDDLER* 

By  Arthur  J.  Horne 

At  that  period  of  our  history  when  St.  Louis  was  the  mecca  of 
the  trapper  and  the  fur  trader  and  New  Orleans  our  principal  slave 
market  most  of  our  inland  population  was  gathered,  or  rather  scattered, 
along  the  rivers,  for  these  waterways  were  the  chief  means  of  com- 
munication and  afforded  the  simplest  roads  to  market.  Taking  ad- 
vantage of  this  situation,  Edward  Rotono  procured  a  boat  and,  loading 
it  with  all  manner  of  trinkets  and  useful  articles,  established  a  sort  of 
trade  route  between  these  two  chief  cities  of  the  Mississippi.  Up 
and  down  the  river  he  went,  bartering  his  goods  for  cash  or  furs,  in- 
creasing his  ports  of  call  as  new  settlers  appeared  on  the  river  bank, 
and  finding  not  a  little  profit  from  the  travelers  who  came  in  ever- 
increasing  numbers  on  the  steamboats  now  making  their  regular  trips 
upon  the  Father  of  Waters. 

Edward  Rotono  was  not  only  a  trader  of  wares,  but  he  was  a 
dreamer  of  dreams  as  well,  for  as  he  sat  in  his  boat  steering  his  way 
over  the  murky  waters  of  the  broad  river  he  saw  himself  as  a  great 
merchant  in  the  city  of  St.  Louis,  his  shelves  laden  with  goods  brought 
from  all  parts  of  the  world  by  the  steamers  plying  the  river,  while 
before  his  counters  ranged  the  eager  purchasers  impatient  to  be  waited 
on  by  his  busy  clerks.  While  thus  musing  and  dreaming,  as  the  sun 
was  sinking  low  in  the  west,  he  reached  a  familiar  bend  in  the  river 
not  far  below  the  city  of  his  dreams.  He  steered  his  bark  toward  the 
western  shore,  and  ere  he  reached  the  bank  his  small  black  dog  sprang 
from  the  bottom  of  the  boat,  leaped  over  the  side  with  a  splash  into 
the  water,  and  the  next  moment  was  scrambling  up  the  bank,  shaking 
the  water  from  its  furry  coat  onto  the  green  grass  among  the  trees. 
When  the  boat  bumped  against  the  shore,  the  man  stood  up  and 
reaching  a  coil  of  rope  at  the  stern  tossed  one  end  of  it  to  the  dog. 
The  latter  caught  it  in  his  mouth  and  quickly  ran  with  it  around 
a  sapling.  It  required  but  a  moment  for  the  man  to  step  ashore  and 
make  the  end  of  the  rope  fast  to  the  tree,  then  returning  to  the  boat 
he  took  therefrom  a  small  satchel  and  a  roll  of  bedding. 

"Timothy,"  he  said,  addressing  the  dog,  "we'll  sleep  in  John's 
cabin  tonight."  At  this  intelligence  Timothy  wagged  his  tail  ap- 
preciatively and  bounded  away  into  the  forest.  After  a  short  walk 
they  came  to  a  clearing  on  the  far  side  of  which  was  a  log  cabin. 
A  tiny  spiral  of  smoke  issued  from  the  chimney  and  the  peddler  started 
back  when  he  saw  it.     At  that  instant  a  man  in  the  rough  garb  of  the 


♦This  story  is  fictional  in  character,  but  founded  on  typical  facts. — Editors. 


THE  MISSISSIPPI  PEDDLER  .  1135 

trapper  came  from  the  cabin  doorway  and  went  round  the  corner  of 
the  house. 

"Halloo,  brother!"  called  the  boatman,  and  as  the  man  reap- 
peared he  continued,  "I  was  not  expecting  to  see  you  here  at  this  season 
of  the  year." 

No  more  was  I  expectin'  to  be  here,  but  the  warm  weather 
comin'  on  so  early  spoils  the  fur,  an'  we  decided  to  let  it  alone  till 
fall."  They  greeted  each  other  warmly,  embracing  in  true  brotherly 
fashion.  They  went  inside,  leaving  the  door  open  to  admit  the  light 
for  there  were  no  windows.  Edward  sat  down  on  the  edge  of  the 
bunk  while  his  brother  drew  up  a  rude  bench  and  rested  his  arm  on 
the  rough  slab  table. 

"You  know,  John,  those  'Mormons'  you  told  me  about  being 
driven  out  of  the  western  part  of  the  state?"  The  trapper  nodded. 
"They're  settling  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river  somewhere  above 
Quincy.      They've  already  started  a  city." 

"Its  wicked  the  way  them  people  was  done!"  exclaimed  the  trap- 
per, and  raising  his  arm  he  hit  the  table  a  resounding  whack.  "Callin' 
'em  thieves  an'  such,  the  blackguards!  There  never  was  a  more 
peaceable  an'  honest  set  of  folks  anywhere.  I've  stayed  with  'em 
many  a  time  when  I've  been  comin'  back  with  my  pack,  an'  never  a  pelt 
stole  either.  They're  a  pray  in'  people  an'  hard  workin';  'tain't  that  a 
way  with  thieves,  you  know  that,  Ed?" 

"Hard  working  people  is  what  this  country  needs  right  now," 
returned  the  peddler,  "and  I  guess  it  wouldn't  hurt  any  of  us  if  we 
prayed  a  little  more." 

"You're  right,  an'  I  hope  the  good  Lord  will  take  care  of  them 
people.  Well,  unroll  your  beddin'  an'  I'll  fetch  in  some  wood  fur 
cookin'  supper."  The  trapper  arose  and  went  outside.  When  the 
sound  of  his  ax  reached  the  ears  of  the  peddler,  the  latter  went  to  his 
satchel  and,  taking  out  a  long  buckskin  wallet,  returned  with  it  to  the 
fireplace.  Kneeling  down  he  deftly  removed  one  of  the  bricks  from  the 
hearth  revealing  a  cavity  underneath,  in  the  bottom  of  which  lay  a 
small  heap  of  shining  gold  pieces.  He  quickly  untied  the  wallet  and 
took  out  three  gold  pieces  which  he  dropped  into  the  cavity.  This 
was  his  part  of  the  dream — this  was  the  money  with  which  he  ex- 
pected some  day  to  set  up  his  store  in  St.  Louis.  As  the  sound  of 
the  ax  ceased,  Edward  hastily  replaced  the  brick  and  sprinkled  ashes 
over  the  place.  When  the  trapper  came  in  with  an  armful  of  wood 
he  found  his  brother  sitting  on  the  edge  of  the  bunk  just  as  he  had 
left  him. 

Several  years  went  by  in  this  manner.  Occasionally  the  brothers 
met  in  the  cabin  of  the  trapper,  but  more  often  Edward  spent  the 
night  there  alone  as  he  stopped  in  on  his  trips  up  and  down  the  river. 
And  bit  by  bit  the  shining  horde  under  the  cabin  hearth  grew,  while 


1136  .  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  goal  which  the  Mississippi  Peddler  had  set  for  himself  seemed  ever 
nearer  and  nearer. 

Meanwhile  there  was  much  talk  among  the  people  in  the  vicinity 
of  St.  Louis  and  on  the  steamboats,  about  the  city  which  the  "Mor- 
mons" were  founding  on  the  banks  of  the  river  above  Quincy.  "We 
must  go  and  see  this  city,"  the  peddler  remarked  to  his  dog  one  day. 
"They  tell  us  a  temple  is  being  built  there,  too.  What  do  you  say, 
Timothy,  to  a  trip  to  this  wonderful  city  of  Nauvoo  before  we  go 
down  river  again?"  For  answer  the  dog  got  up  from  his  bed  in 
the  stern  and,  coming  back  to  where  his  master  sat  holding  the  tiller 
rope,  laid  his  nose  against  the  man's  knee  and  looked  up  into  his 
master's  eyes  questioningly.  "What  say,  Timothy?  If  you  mean 
'Yes,'  wag  your  tail."  Instantly  the  tail  set  up  such  a  wagging  that 
the  man  laughed  aloud.      "All  right,  Old  Timer,  we'll  go." 

It  was  a  beautiful  spring  morning.  Nature  was  at  her  best,  and 
when  they  came  in  sight  of  the  city  of  their  quest,  Edward  Rotono 
thought  he  had  never  before  witnessed  a  sight  so  grand  and  imposing. 
Right  in  their  path  it  lay  as  if  it  had  been  thrust  out  into  the  river 
causing  the  water  to  flow  around  it.  On  the  crest  of  the  hill  were 
the  walls  of  the  temple  shining  in  the  morning  sunlight,  while  from 
its  base  the  ground  sloped  gently  to  the  water's  edge,  being  dotted  over 
with  houses  set  amid  the  green  foliage  of  gardens  and  vineyards. 
Securing  his  boat  at  the  wharf  the  peddler  stepped  ashore  and  walked 
up  the  principal  thoroughfare.  Mulholland  Street,  to  the  business  sec- 
tion on  the  brow  of  the  hill.  He  was  surprised  at  the  substantial 
nature  of  the  buildings,  most  of  them  being  of  brick  while  the  temple 
was  being  built  of  a  light-gray  limestone.  On  the  well-kept  streets 
were  many  teams  of  horses  and  oxen,  while  pedestrians  thronged  the 
sidewalks.  He  accosted  one  of  the  men  he  met,  who  seemed  to  be 
less  in  a  hurry  than  the  others. 

"Pardon  me,  but  can  you  tell  me  where  I  can  find  Joe  Smith?" 

"Joseph  Smith,"  corrected  the  man  quietly,  almost  reverently. 

"I  beg  your  pardon,"  the  peddler  returned  hastily.  "I  meant 
no  offense,  but  it  is  the  name  I  hear  all  along  the  river." 

"I  know,  but  we  hold  him  to  be  a  Prophet  of  God.  I  think  you 
will  find  him  in  the  grove  west  of  the  temple.  I  am  on  my  way  there, 
now,  and  if  you  wish  I  will  conduct  you  to  the  place." 

"Thanks,"  replied  the  peddler,  and  they  fell  into  step  as  they 
turned  their  faces  toward  the  temple  grounds.  "My  name  is  Edward 
Rotono." 

"The  Mississippi  Peddler!"  the  other  exclaimed.  "I  have  often 
heard  of  you." 

"From  your  opening  remarks  I  judge  that  you  are  a  'Mormon.' 

"No,  I  can't  say  that  I  am — that  is,  I  have  not  been  baptized 
yet." 


THE  MISSISSIPPI  PEDDLER  1137 

"Tell  me,  do  you  really  think  Joe — Joseph  Smith  is  some  kind 
of  prophet?" 

"There  can  be  no  doubt  about  it — the  man  is  inspired.  No 
man  could  do  the  things  he  does  except  God  be  with  him." 

By  this  time  they  had  reached  the  grove  where  a  large  congre- 
gation of  people  were  already  assembled.  The  occasion,  it  seemed, 
was  the  funeral  services  of  a  child.  The  peddler  and  his  new  ac- 
quaintance sat  down  on  one  of  the  benches  at  the  rear.  The  Prophet 
conducted  the  exercises  and  himself  preached  the  funeral  sermon. 

*"The  Lord  takes  many  away,  even  in  infancy,"  rang  out  the 
voice  of  the  Prophet,  "that  they  may  escape  the  envy  of  man  and  the 
sorrows  and  evils  of  this  present  world;  they  were  too  pure,  too 
lovely  to  live  on  earth;  therefore,  if  rightly  considered,  instead  of 
mourning  we  have  reason  to  rejoice,  as  they  are  delivered  from  evil 
*  *  *  The  only  difference  between  the  old  and  young  dying 
is,  one  lives  longer  in  heaven  and  eternal  light  and  glory  than  the 
other,  and  is  freed  a  little  sooner  from  this  miserable  wicked  world." 
Much  more  he  said,  while  the  people  sat  in  wrapt  attention.  Never 
had  Edward  Rotono  heard  a  sermon  like  that.  Everything  this  man 
said  was  new  and  startling.  By  a  sentence,  by  a  word,  he  swept  away 
the  doctrines  and  traditions  of  men.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  meeting 
the  peddler  was  introduced  to  the  Prophet  who  received  him  with 
a  kindly  smile  and  a  handclasp  which  thrilled  him  through  and 
through. 

"I  am  almost  persuaded  to  be  a  'Mormon,'  "  Rotono  confided  to 
his  companion  when  they  left  the  grove. 

"Not  almost  but  altogether,  I  hope,  brother,"  returned  the  other. 

"For  many  generations  my  people  have  been  Catholics;  I  cannot 
leave  them  to  follow  after  strange  doctrines." 

"We  shall  see,"  said  his  companion.  "Stranger  things  than  that 
are  happening  every  day." 

From  that  time  on  the  Mississippi  Peddler  extended  his  trade 
route  to  include  the  city  of  Nauvoo,  and  he  never  missed  an  op- 
portunity while  there  of  attending  meetings  when  they  were  being 
held.  He  thus  became  acquainted  with  most  of  the  Church  leaders, 
and  though  he  would  not  admit  it  to  himself,  their  personalities  and 
teachings  were  having  a  powerful  effect  upon  him. 

One  summer's  day  as  he  approached  the  city,  a  boatman  rode  out 
to  meet  him.  When  they  were  within  speaking  distance  the  man 
said,  "The  Prophet  Joseph  and  his  brother  are  dead — killed  by  a 
mob  in  Carthage  jail."  The  kindhearted  peddler  was  shocked  be- 
yond measure  at  this  information. 

"What  did  they  do  that  for?  What  harm  had  he  done?"  he 
demanded. 


^Historical  Record,  Book   1,  page  490. 


1138  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"They  say  he  was  an  enemy  to  the  government  and  a  wicked 
man,  but  the  devil  put  that  in  their  hearts."  The  man  seemed  choked 
with  grief,  and  immediately  turned  his  boat  about  and  rowed  back 
to  the  shore.  The  peddler  continued  on  his  way  slowly.  And  so  the 
man  who  had  smiled  at  him  so  pleasantly  that  day  in  the  grove  lay 
cold  in  death.  What  a  pity.  "While  thieves  and  cutthroats  of  every 
description  are  roaming  over  the  country  unmolested,  this  good  man  is 
seized  and  put  to  death.  They  said  he  was  an  enemy  to  Caesar,  did 
they?  I  wonder  if  they  accused  him  of  healing  a  man  on  the  Sab- 
bath day?" 

When  he  reached  the  city  he  found  everything  in  confusion. 
Armed  guards  moved  about  in  every  direction.  All  the  people  he  met 
were  sad-looking  and  downcast — women  wept  and  men's  lips  trembled 
when  they  spoke.  No  sound  of  hammer  or  trowel  could  be  heard  in  the 
city  and  the  temple  grounds  were  silent  and  deserted.  "Will  these 
people  continue  to  be  'Mormons'  now  that  their  Prophet  is  dead?" 
he  asked  himself. 

For  a  time  Edward  Rotono's  customers  were  neglected.  He  was 
too  interested  in  watching  the  outcome  of  affairs  in  the  city  of  Nauvoo. 
Many  leaders  put  themselves  forward  to  take  the  place  of  the  martyred 
Prophet  and  the  people  did  not  know  just  what  to  do.  Finally  the 
majority  seemed  to  rally  about  Brigham  Young,  and  under  his  di- 
rection work  on  the  temple  was  resumed.  But  the  people  were  poor 
and,  being  hard  pressed  by  their  enemies,  the  work  progressed  slowly. 
The  women  from  their  slender  savings  contributed  enough  to  pur- 
chase a  crane  for  handling  the  huge  stones.  When  the  peddler  heard 
of  this  he  handed  to  Brigham  Young  a  ten-dollar  gold  piece.  "I 
hope  to  give  something  every  time  I  come  to  the  city,"  he  said. 

As  the  peddler  was  leaving  the  house  he  thought  he  heard  some- 
one say,  "Give  the  money  you  are  saving  for  the  store  to  the  house 
of  the  Lord."  He  turned  to  see  who  had  spoken,  wondering  how  in 
the  world  anyone  had  learned  of  his  savings  and  their  purpose.  But 
when  he  looked  about  there  was  no  one  in  sight;  he  stood  absolutely 
alone  on  the  sidewalk  in  front  of  Brigham  Young's  house. 

"I  couldn't  do  that,"  he  said  half  aloud.  "It  would  be  many 
years  before  I  could  save  a  sum  as  large  as  that  is  now — perhaps  I 
never  would  have  that  much  again.  No,  no,  that  is  asking  too  much, 
I  couldn't  do  that."  And  he  hurried  away  down  Mulholland  street 
to  the  river. 

In  his  haste  to  get  aboard  his  boat  he  almost  upset  it.  Hoisting 
his  sail  he  turned  his  craft  down  stream  and  was  soon  gliding  out 
over  tht  rippling  waters.  "That  is  too  much  to  ask  any  man  to 
give — his  life's  savings.  I  could  give  some  of  it,  but  to  give  it  all  and 
not  have  any  store  in  St.  Louis  when  I've  set  my  heart  on  it  for  more 
than  ten  years?" 

And  though  it  was  a  cool  day,  he  actually  took  out  his  handker- 


THE  MISSISSIPPI  PEDDLER  1139 

chief  and  wiped  the  sweat  from  his  perspiring  brow.  Just  then  a 
whistle  sounded,  and  he  turned  to  see  one  of  the  big  steamboats  coming 
down  the  river  at  a  lively  clip,  plowing  the  water  into  windrows 
with  its  sharp  beak  and  leaving  in  its  wake  a  row  of  white-capped 
waves  piled  up  by  the  giant  wheels.  It  had  gone  some  distance  past 
him  before  he  realized  that  this  was  one  of  the  largest  boats  on  the 
river  and  perhaps  had  a  goodly  number  of  passengers  aboard.  Here 
was  an  opportunity  slipping  past  him  for  disposing  of  most  of  his 
wares,  and  since  he  had  spent  so  much  time  in  Nauvoo  his  business 
had  been  sadly  neglected.  If  he  was  to  help  build  the  temple  he  must  in- 
crease his  business.  There  was  a  stiff  breeze  blowing  and,  setting 
his  sail  at  the  proper  angle,  he  was  soon  skimming  over  the  water  at 
a  rapid  rate.  As  he  came  up  with  the  big  boat  again  it  was  just 
leaving  the  wharf  at  Quincy.  Three  young  men  in  small  row  boats 
were  waiting  out  in  midstream  for  the  vessel  to  pass  them,  and  as  it 
did  so  they  rowed  one  after  the  other  into  the  great  waves  thrown 
up  by  the  wheels.  Up  and  down  like  corks  went  the  tiny  boats  as 
the  waves  rolled  under  them  until  the  water  subsided. 

Putting  on  all  sail  the  peddler  raced  after  the  big  steamer,  gain- 
ing on  it  rapidly.  Soon  he  passed  it,  cutting  across  in  front  of  it 
as  it  rounded  a  bend  in  the  river.  He  kept  well  in  the  lead,  then,  until 
St.  Louis  was  reached.  There  he  moored  his  bark  and  waited  the 
arrival  of  his  customers.  Soon  the  big  vessel  hove  in  sight  and, 
swinging  around  gracefully  to  the  wharf,  came  to  a  stop  not  twenty 
feet  in  front  of  his  own  small  boat.  He  boarded  the  vessel  when  the 
gang  plank  was  shoved  ashore,  and  was  soon  busy  exhibiting  his  wares 
to  the  eager  passengers  when  the  boat  was  about  to  leave, 
the  peddler  shouldered  his  empty  pack  and  returned  to  his  bark,  his 
pockets  bulging  with  newly  acquired  coins. 

"Not  so  bad,  Timothy,"  he  said.  "We'll  go  on  down  to 
John's  for  the  night."  While  he  was  stowing  away  his  pack  and  his 
money  and  locking  the  lid  where  he  kept  them,  his  boat  had 
been  gently  drifting  up  the  river  in  one  of  those  little  swirls  fre- 
quently seen  near  the  bank  of  every  stream.  This  brought  him  within 
a  few  feet  of  the  big  vessel,  but  as  it  had  not  yet  raised  its  gang 
plank,  he  concluded  there  would  be  no  danger  in  crossing  its  path. 
He  had  scarcely  got  well  behind  it  when,  without  warning,  the 
monster  wheels  began  to  turn,  churning  the  water  into  white  foam 
and  sending  it  rearward  in  huge  waves.  He  tried  to  turn  his  boat 
to  ride  the  waves  as  the  boys  had  done,  but  it  was  too  late;  the 
huge  wall  of  water  was  upon  him  before  he  could  more  than  dip  an 
oar.  It  struck  his  small  craft  broadside  overturning  it  into  the  river, 
The  next  instant  the  water  closed  over  him.  He  had  no  particular 
fears  for  his  safety,  for  he  was  an  expert  swimmer,  but  somehow  he 
found  himself  underneath  the  overturned  boat  tangled  up  in  the  tiller 
rope.      Try   is  he  would  he   could  not   free  himself.      He   struggled 


1  MO  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

blindly  in  the  dark  and  muddy  water,  bumping  his  head  repeatedly 
against  the  gunwale.  The  water  was  pressing  into  his  lungs  and  he 
realized  that  unless  help  came  in  a  few  seconds  it  would  be  the  end 
of  Edward  Rotono.  How  he  wished  Brigham  Young  had  his  money 
for  the  building  of  the  temple!  Now  it  would  do  no  one  any  good, 
for  no  one  knew  of  its  hiding  place,  not  even  his  brother.  "O 
Lord,"  he  prayed,  "get  me  out  of  this  and  I'll  give  every  cent  of  it 
to  build  your  house."  At  that  moment  he  felt  himself  being  lifted 
toward  the  surface  while  the  boat  slowly  righted  itself.  His  head 
came  above  water  and  he  filled  his  lungs  with  the  life-giving  air. 
When  he  could  gather  his  wits  he  looked  about  to  see  who  had  come 
to  his  rescue.  Two  men  were  running  toward  him  along  the  river 
bank  and  Timothy  was  clinging  with  his  forepaws  to  the  opposite 
side  of  the  nearly  submerged  boat,  but  no  one  else  was  in  sight.  The 
men  rushed  into  the  water  and  began  to  tow  his  boat  to  the  shore 
while  he  clung  to  the  side,  too  weak  to  offer  any  assistance. 

'"Peers  like  it  was  your  dog  saved  you,  Mister.  He  was  tryin'  to 
climb  up  on  top,  and  when  he  got  up  a  ways  the  boat  just  naturally 
turned  back  with  him  an'  you  popped  up."  The  peddler  sat  down 
on  the  bank  weakly. 

"Another  minute  and  I  would  have  been  done  for,  I  can  tell 
you  that,"  he  answered.  The  men  emptied  the  water  from  his  boat 
and  then  offered  to  take  him  home  with  them  until  he  could  dry  his 
clothes.  "No,  thanks,"  he  said,  "my  brother  has  a  cabin  down  the 
river  a  piece.  I'll  go  on  down  there."  He  took  off  his  shoes  and 
drained  the  water  from  them  and  wrung  out  what  water  he  could 
from  his  clothes.  He  got  into  his  boat  again  and  setting  his  sopping 
things  to  rights  as  best  he  could  took  hold  of  his  oars  and  once 
more  started  out  toward  midstream.  "Thanks,  very  much  for  your 
help,"  he  said  to  the  man,  and  was  once  more  on  his  way,  not  much 
the  worse  for  his  unexpected  bath. 

"I  guess  the  store  in  St.  Louis  isn't  for  us,"  he  said  to  Timothy. 
"I  wouldn't  want  it  there,  anyhow,  I'd  rather  have  it  in  Nauvoo." 
Timothy  wagged  his  tail  up  and  down  in  approval,  for  he  was  lying 
down  in  the  bottom  of  the  boat  and  had  no  other  way  to  wag  it. 
"Well,  if  the  Lord  wants  that  money  for  the  temple,  I  guess  He  can 
have  it." 

On  his  arrival  at  his  brother's  cabin  he  built  a  fire  and  dried  his 
clothes.  The  next  morning  he  gathered  together  his  few  belongings 
and  piled  them  in  a  heap  on  an  old  shirt  which  he  had  spread  out  on 
the  floor.  Then  he  removed  the  brick  on  the  hearth  and  took  out 
the  heap  of  money.  He  did  not  know  how  much  was  there  until  that 
moment  when  he  counted  it.  Three  thousand  one  hundred  and 
seventy  dollars,,  all  in  shining  gold  pieces.  To  these  were  added  nealy 
fifty  dollars  more  which  he  took  from  his  wallet.  These  he  placed 
on  the  top  of  the  bundle  and  tied  the  whole  with  the  sleeves  of  the 


THE  MISSISSIPPI  PEDDLER  1141 

shirt.     Then  he  sat  down  at  the  table  and  wrote  a  brief  note  to  his 
brother: 

Dear  John : — 

I  am  going  up  the  river  to  Nauvoo  to  join  the  "Mormons."      I 
know  your  heart  is  with  them,  too,  so  come  along. 

Ed. 

He  placed  the  note  over  a  peg  on  the  wall  and  hung  the  frying- 
pan  over  it.  Then  taking  up  his  bundle  he  set  off  in  the  direction 
of  the  river. 

Brigham  Young  sat  in  the  front  room  of  his  home  and  looked 
across  at  the  temple  now  nearly  finished.  His  massive  brow  was 
clouded,  and  his  face  troubled.  In  his  hand  was  a  paper  on  which 
was  written  the  command  of  the  Lord  to  finish  that  structure.  Per- 
haps he  was  wondering  how  this  was  to  be  accomplished,  for  already 
they  had  signed  an  agreement  with  their  enemies  to  leave  the  city. 
And  while  he  thus  pondered  the  situation  there  came  a  knock  at  his 
door.  "Come  in,"  he  said,  and  in  walked  the  Mississippi  Peddler, 
a  huge  bundle  on  his  back,  held  by  a  stick  slung  across  his  shoulder. 
"Well,  Brother  Rotono,  we  are  glad  to  see  you  again.  It  has  been 
but  a  few  days  since  you  left  for  your  trip  to  New  Orleans.  Surely 
you  have  not  been  there  already?" 

"No,  the  Lord  ducked  me  in  •  the  river  and  wouldn't  let  me 
up  until  I  promised  to  come  right  back  with  this."  And  without 
more  ado  the  peddler  set  his  bundle  in  the  middle  of  the  floor  almost 
at  the  feet  of  his  host.  Then  he  began  to  untie  the  shirt  sleeves. 
They  did  yield  readily,  and,  using  his  strength,  he  burst  them  asunder, 
scattering  over  the  floor  in  every  direction  a  multitude  of  shining  gold 
pieces.  "There,  Brother  Brigham,"  he  said,  "I  have  brought  this 
for  the  building  of  the  temple." 

And  though  the  mobs  with  fury  beat  against  the  city,  driving 
out  the  inhabitants  into  the  wilderness  of  the  great  west,  enough  peo- 
ple remained  to  complete  the  house  of  the  Lord  and  perform  their 
ordinances  therein.  And  when  the  exodus  was  complete,  and  the 
"Mormons"  wended  their  way  toward  the  mountains,  they  took  with 
them,  as  one  of  their  own  number,  the  man  who  had  been  known 
as  the  Mississippi  Peddler. 


Youth 

Youth  is  the  song  of  the  lark  Youth  is  a  dream  of  a  God 

When    Dawn     tip-toes    o'er     the  Asleep  in  a  forest  enchanted; 

meadow;  A  vision,  the  soul  of  a  seed, 

A  wistful  flute  in  the  dark  Entombed  in  a  clod,  beholdeth. 

By  the  river.  -,,-       ,    .  .  c  -u 

'  Youth  is  a  mirage  or  Heaven; 

Youth  is  the  fragrance  of  flowers  A  glimpse  through  the  gates  of  Eden 

That  grow  in  a  hidden  garden;  That  unto  Earth's  pilgrim  is  given 

The  largest  of  magic  hours  To  turn  his  feet  homeward 

Whose  feet  are  winged.  At   twilight. 

I  Maud  Baggacley. 


HEROES   OF   SCIENCE 

By  Dr.  F.  S.  Harris  and  N.  I.  Butt, 

OF  THE  BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

4.      Welsbach 

The  whole  world  marveled  when  King  Alfred  of  England  de- 
vised his  lanthorn  by  placing  thin  strips  of  horn  about  his  candles 
so  the  wind  would  not  make  the  light  flicker.  But  at  night  his 
palace  was  so  dark  and  gloomy  that  even  the  most  poorly  lighted 
houses  of  today  would  seem  bright  and  cheery  in  comparison,  Had 
one  of  the  wonderful  incandescent  lights  devised  by  Welsbach  been 
placed  in  King  Alfred's  palace  it  would  have  been  difficult  to  tell 
that  there  were  any  candles  present. 

We  are  accustomed  to  speak  of  the  ordinary  electric  light  as 
the  best  device  for  artificial  lighting,  but  under  many  conditions  the 
incandescent  gas  light  gives  more  illumination  in  proportion  to  the 
money  spent.  The  gas  light,  especially  the  types  using  the  smaller 
gasoline  and  other  generators,  are  making  country  homes  as  well 
lighted  as  those  in  the  city.  Defective  vision  caused  by  reading  and 
sewing  in  poorly  lighted  houses  is  becoming  rare. 

That  light  could  be  produced  by  gas  was  known  for  several 
centuries,  but  the  light  was  very  unsatisfactory  and  expensive  until 
Welsbach  discovered  the  incandescent  mantle  about  forty  years  ago. 
For  many  years  following  this  discovery  gas  furnished  by  far  the  best 
ordinary  light.  The  old  type  of  carbon  electric  lights  were  several 
times  less  efficient  than  the  gas  mantle  and  when  improvements  came 
in  the  electric  light  it  was  through  investigations  started  by  Welsbach. 

There  was  no  thought  in  the  mind  of  Welsbach  of  producing  a 
gas  mantle  when  he  began  the  experiments  which  led  up  to  it.  He 
was  one  of  the  pure  scientists  who  work  to  discover  facts  rather  than 
practical  ways  for  using  them.  Born  in  Germany,  in  1858,  he  passed 
through  school  and  by  the  time  he  finished  college  he  had  been  inspired 
by  the  influence  of  the  great  scientist  Bunsen,  to  seek  his  fortune  as  a 
research  worker.  At  this  time  Bunsen  was  investigating  the  newly 
discovered  method  of  analyzing  substances  by  heating  them  in  the 
flame  of  his  burner.  Naturally  Welsbach,  his  pupil,  became  inter- 
ested in  this  investigation  and  after  his  graduation  he  began  to  test 
the  properties  of  many  elements  not  previously  analyzed  in  this  way. 
In  1885  he  discovered  two  new  chemical  substances  through  this  type 
of  investigation. 

The  ordinary  method  for  studying  chemicals  by  means  of  the 
flame  is  to  dip  a  platinum  wire  into  the  solution  of  the  chemical 
and  then  place  it  in  the  flame.     Welsbach  thought,  because  he  could 


HEROES  OF  SCIENCE  1143 

i 

thus  get  more  of  the  solution  in  the  flame,  perhaps  he  could  secure 
better  results  by  dipping  a  piece  of  cotton  in  the  solution  and  burning 
this  as  well  as  the  chemical.  When  he  tried  this  method  he  was  sur- 
prised to  find  that  after  the  cotton  was  burned  the  rare  earths  he  was 
working  with  did  not  crumble  to  pieces  but  held  the  shape  they  were 
in  when  soaked  into  the  cotton.  The  flame  caused  the  earths  to 
produce  a  brilliant  white  glow. 

The  trouble  with  gas  lights  before  this  time  was  that  the  energy 
was  wasted  in  blue  heat  flames  rather  than  giving  light.  Welsbach 
immediately  saw  that  if  the  heat  energy  could  be  utilized  to  make 
these  rare  earths  white  hot  a  beautiful  white  light  would  be  produced. 

Following  this  decision  Welsbach  commenced  an  earnest  search 
to  discover  the  best  rare  earths  to  be  used.  The  one  he  first  decided 
upon  as  best  proved  very  unsatisfactory,  because  the  light  given  out 
was  not  so  good  as  might  be  expected,  and  a  slight  jar  would  shake  it 
to  pieces.  The  following  year,  1886,  a  still  more  thorough  search 
was  made  and  thoria,  the  substance  now  used  in  mantles,  proved  most 
satisfactory  so  far  as  durability  and  the  ability  to  hold  together  when 
fired  is  concerned. 

Thoria,  however,  does  not  give  a  large  amount  of  light  when 
pure,  and  another  long  search  was  necessary  before  it  was  discovered 
that  a  small  amount  of  another  rare  earth,  ceria,  brings  out  the  bril- 
liance which  pure  thoria  lacks.  Further  experiments  were  necessary  in 
order  to  discover  how  to  make  the  mantles  burn  to  the  proper  shape. 
So  thorough  were  the  tests  made  by  Welsbach  in  perfecting  the  gas 
mantle  that  despite  hundreds  of  attempts  to  improve  its  quality  by 
using  different  proportions  of  the  two  ingredients  used  by  the  in- 
ventor, or  to  use  other  minerals,  no  other  mantle  has  succeeded. 
Artificial  silk  and  a  frabric  called  ramia  were  found  better  than  cotton 
for  absorbing  the  earthy  material  and  some  other  improvements  in 
the  lasting  quality  have  been  made,  but  the  proportion  of  the  earthy 
materials  remains  the  same. 

While  the  discovery  of  the  mantle  brought  wealth  and  fame  to 
Welsbach,  it  did  not  destroy  his  love  for  research.  The  carbon  electric 
lights  in  use  at  that  time  gave  only  a  wasteful  reddish  glow.  He 
decided  to  try  to  make  incandescent  globes  which  would  give  efficient 
white  light.  Again  experimenting  with  the  rare  earths,  in  1898,  he 
discovered  that  osmium  successfully  conducted  the  electricity,  and 
when  heated  gave  a  satisfactory  light.  There  were,  however,  certain 
defects  in  the  osmium  filaments  which  made  it  unsatisfactory.  Un- 
daunted Welsbach  continued  to  experiment  until  1903,  when  he,  and 
other  investigators  working  along  the  same  line,  discovered  the  value 
of  tungsten,  the  filament  now  used  in ,  our  most  efficient  ordinary 
electric  globes.  The  tungsten  filaments  of  today  furnishes  light  at 
about  one  third  the  cost  of  that  produced  from  those  made  of  carbon. 

Even  after  Welsbach  had  made  these  discoveries,  he  went  back 
to  his  laboratories   to   carry   on   further  research.      In    1907  he   dis- 


1144  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

covered  an   element   which   had  never   been   known   before.      Feeling 
that  he  was  indebted  to  science  for  the  wealth  that  had  come  to  him,  he 
spent  a  large  sum  to  build  an  experiment  station  where  other  investi- 
gators might  discover  knowledge  useful  to  mankind. 
Provo,  Utah. 


Our  Martyrs 

Every  town  and  city  has  them, 

Many  families,   too,   I   find — 
Men  and   women,   worn  and  broken 

Both   in   body   and   in   mind. 
Carry   other  people's   burdens, 

Worrying  over  others'  woes. 
Hurt  by   unjust  crticisms; 

What  they  suffer  no  one  knows. 

Oh,  that  all  would  do  their  duty, 

And  that  each  would  bear  his  share; 
None  would  then  be  overloaded, 

None  would  be  burdened  down  with  care. 
But  be  patient,  oh,   ye  weary, 

Struggle  on,   nor  cease   to   pray. 
If  you  carry  others'  burdens, 

You  will  surely  draw  the  pay. 
Shelley,    Idaho  JOSEPH    H.    DEAN. 


God  Bless  the  Youth  of  Zion 

God  bless  the  youth  of  Zion,  day  by  day, 
Let  not  their  footsteps  wander  from  virtue's  way; 
But  true  and  faithful  may  they  stand 
A  blessing  to  their  glorious  land, 
Thy  precepts  may  they  understand, 
(jod  bless  the  youth  of  Zion. 

Their  fathers'  faith  was  mighty,   firm  and  brave 
They  faced  the  dreary  deserts  the  youth  to  save 
From  Babylon's  clouded  mind, 
For  them  a  sanctuary  to  find, 
For  them  they  left  their  all  behind; 
God  bless  the  youth  of  Zion. 

Within  thy  love  and  favor,  may  their  light 
Illuminate  the  darkness,  pure  and  bright, 
Their  deeds  shine  out  before  thee,  Lord, 
O  may  they  all  with  one  accord 
Defend  and  keep  thy  Holy  Word; 
God  bless  the  youth  of  Zion. 


Ruth  May  Fox. 


FAITH    AND    WORKS* 
The  Clearing  of  a  Seeming  Conflict 

By  Elder  Joseph  Fielding  Smith, 
of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 

"He  that  hath  my  commandments,  and  keepeth  them,  he  it  is  that 
loveth  me;  and  he  that  loveth  me  shall  be  loved  of  my  Father,  and  I  wiVi 
love  him,  and  will  manifest  myself  to  him." 

These  are  the  words  of  the  Savior  spoken  to  his  disciples  and 
one  of  them  not  fully  comprehending  his  meaning  asked  him  a  ques- 
tion.    Jesus  answered  and  said  unto  him: 

"If  a  man  love  me,  he  will  keep  my  words;  and  my  Father  will  love 
him,  and  we  will  come  unto  him  and  make  our  abode  with  him. 

"He  that  loveth  me  not  keepeth  not  my  sayings,  and  the  word  which 
ye  hear  is  not  mine,  but  the  Father's  which  sent  me." 

There  are  throughout  the  Christian  world  various  opinions  re- 
garding what  is  necessary  to  bring  about  the  salvation  of  men.  Some 
there  are  who  have  accepted  very  literally,  but  without  comprehend- 
ing the  meaning  of  it,  the  expression  that  was  uttered  by  Paul  to 
the  Ephesians. 

"For  by  grace  are  ye  saved  through  faith;  and  that  not  of  yourselves: 
it  is  the  gift  of  God: 

"Not  of  works,   lest  any  man  should  boast." 

Those  who  accept  that  view  as  literally  as  it  is  recorded,  with- 
out any  reference  to  the  context,  disregard  or  reject  the  epistle  of 
James  which,  apparently  to  them  teaches  a  very  different  doctrine, 
for  James  says  this: 

"Yea.  a  man  may  say,  Thou  hast  faith,  and  I  have  works:  show  me 
thy  faith  without  thy  works,  and  I  will  show  thee  my  faith  by  my  works. 

"Thou  believest  that  there  is  one  God;  thou  doest  well:  the  devils 
also  believe  and  tremble. 

"But  wilt  thou  know,  O  vain  man.  that  faith  without  works  is  dead?" 

And  so  the  controversy  has  been  going  on  since  the  days  of  the 
Reformation,  if  not  before,  in  regard  to  these  scriptures.  Some  men 
contending  for  the  doctrine  of  James  and  some  for  the  doctrine  of 
Paul,  both  misunderstanding  what  Paul  has  written  and  what  James 
has  written,  for  in  reality  there  is  no  conflict. 

The  world  is  full  of  good  honest  people  who  believe  that  all 
that  is  necessary  for  one  to  do  in  order  to  be  saved  is  to  confess  the 


♦These    remarks    were   made   in    the    Salt    Lake    Tabernacle    at    the    Liberty   Stake 
Conference   on   July    20,    1924. 


1146  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

names  of  Jesus  Christ  with  their  lips.  A  professed  minister  of  the 
gospel  once  told  me  that  if  the  entire  Bible  were  lost  with  the  excep- 
tion of  one  passage  which  is  found  in  the  tenth  chapter  of  Romans,  the 
9th  verse,  that  one  verse  would  be  enough  to  save  the  world.  It  is 
as  follows: 

"If  thou  shalt  confess  with  thy  mouth  the  Lord  Jesus  and  shalt  be- 
lieve in  thine  heart  that  God  hath  raised  him  from  the  dead,  thou  shalt  be 
saved." 

Now,  of  course,  this  is  a  very  extreme  view.  It  would  not  be 
enough  to  save  the  world  for  the  very  good  reason  that  the  Lord  has 
said  unto  us  that  we  are  to  live  by  every  word  that  proceedeth  forth 
from  the  mouth  of  God,  and  we  are,  as  I  have  read  to  you,  under  the 
necessity  of  keeping  his  commandments. 

I  desire  to  point  out  wherein  there  is  no  conflict  whatever  in 
the  teachings  of  these  two  apostles  of  old;  that  Paul  taught  the  doc- 
trine that  was  taught  by  James,  and  James  was  in  full  accord  with 
the  doctrine  that  was  taught  by  Paul;  the  fact  being  that  they  are 
approaching  the  subject  from  different  angles. 

Paul  was  dealing  with  the  class  of  people  who  believed  that  a 
man  could  not  be  saved  unless  he  subscribed  to  the  law  of  Moses,  that 
a  man  was  under  the  necessity  more  or  less  of  saving  himself,  and  who 
denied  the  full  power  of  the  atonement  of  Jesus  Christ.  James  on 
the  other  hand  was  defending  the  necessity  of  works,  counteracting 
the  idea  which  prevailed  among  others  who  professed  faith  in  Christ, 
that  if  they  had  faith  it  was  all-sufficient.  Therefore  they  approached 
this  subject  from  different  viewpoints,  and  each  of  them  teaches  the 
truth. 

I  might  illustrate  this.  Many  times  I  have  passed  down  the 
street  and  have  looked  in  a  store  window  and  have  read  a  sign.  As  I 
have  approached  it  from  the  right  certain  words  appeared  advertising 
certain  goods.  As  I  have  passed  and  come  into  full  front  view,  then 
something  else  has  appeared,  and  as  I  have  passed  on  to  the  left  and 
have  looked  back  at  that  sign,  other  words  appeared,  three  differ- 
ent and  distinct  signs,  but  all  referring  to  the  goods  that  are  to  be  sold 
in  that  shop.  I  might  stand  on  the  right  side  and  say:  "This  sign 
says  so  and  so."  You  may  stand  on  the  left  and  say:  "No,  you  are 
wrong,  I  can  see  it,  and  it  says  so  and  so,"  and  we  might  contend  over 
it,  and  we  would  both  be  wrong  although  we  would  both  be  partly 
right. 

You  have  heard  the  story  of  the  two  knights  who  contended  over 
the  shield  that  was  on  the  arm  of  the  statue,  one  declaring  that  it  was 
made  of  gold  and  the  other  that  it  was  of  silver,  and  so  they  con- 
tended until  they  came  to  blows  and  each  received  a  mortal  wound. 
But  as  they  fell  to  the  earth  and  changed  their  positions  the  one 
that  was  on  the  right  saw  that  the  gold  shield  was  silver,  and  the  one 
that  was  on  the  left  saw  that  the  silver  shield  was  gold. 


FAITH  AND  WORKS  '1147 

This  is  just  the  situation  as  we  have  it  in  regard  to  the  teaching 
of  Paul  and  James.  It  is  a  doctrine  of  the  Church  that  is  fully  up- 
held and  sustained  by  the  Scriptures  and  by  the  handdealing  of  God 
with  the  children  of  men  from  the  beginning,  that  he  does  not  do 
for  us  one  thing  that  we  can  do  for  ourselves,  but  requires  of  us  that 
we  do  everything  for  ourselves  that  is  within  our  power  for  our  sal- 
vation. I  think  that  is  logical  and  reasonable.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  Lord  has  done  everything  for  us  for  our  salvation  that  we  could 
not  do  for  ourselves,  and  there  were  some  things  that  we  could  not 
do  for  ourselves,  and  we  had  to  have  help  from  an  infinite  source. 

Adam,  our  first  parent, — and  I  believe  that  doctrine  very  firmly, 
which  is  now  discounted  in  the  world — through  his  transgression 
brought  into  the  world  death,  and  through  death  came  suffering  and 
sin.  The  first  death  that  was  pronounced  upon  him  was  banish- 
ment from  the  presence  of  the  Lord.  For  Adam  died  two  deaths,  a 
spiritual  death,  or  banishment  from  the  presence  of  God,  which  is  the 
first  death,  and  which  is  like  the  second  death  which  will  be  pro- 
nounced upon  the  wicked  when  they  are  cast  out  of  the  presence  of 
the  Lord;  and  he  also  died  the  mortal  death. 

The  first  death,  spiritual  death,  came  upon  him  at  the  time  of 
his  transgression.  The  mortal  death  did  not  overtake  him  for  many 
many  years,  for  the  Lord  granted  unto  him  a  time  of  probation  in 
which  he  was  taught  and  instructed  in  the  principles  of  the  gospel 
and  given  a  chance  to  repent,  to  show  through  his  faithfulness  his 
worthiness  of  redemption,  and  to  be  brought  back  again  into  the 
presence  of  God  his  father. 

The  mortal  death  passed  upon  all  men  through  the  transgression 
of  Adam,  and  every  man  is  subject  to  death.  Being  subject  to  death 
and  to  sin,  it  is  impossible  for  us  by  any  act  of  ours  to  redeem  our- 
selves from  death  or  from  our  own  individual  sins.  We  are  abso- 
lutely helpless.  Every  man  that  has  been  born  into  the  world  since 
the  days  of  Adam,  save  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  has  been  subject  to 
death,  and  under  the  transgression  of  his  own  sins,  without  the  power 
in  and  of  himself  to  redeem  himself  from  either  situation. 

Since  justice  demands  reparation  and  restoration,  it  was  neces- 
sary that  there  be  an  infinite  atonement.  Christ  came  into  the  world 
not  subject  to  death  and  not  guilty  of  sin,  and  with  power  to  atone 
for  the  sins  of  the  world  and  also  for  Adam's  transgression. 

Jesus  Christ  came  into  the  world  the  Son  of  God  in  very  deed, 
the  Only  Begotten  of  the  Father  in  the  flesh.  He  was  not  subject  to 
death,  for  he  had  no  earthly  father.  His  Father  is  the  Father  of  our 
spirits,  and  the  Father  gave  unto  him  life,  that  he  might  have  life  in 
himself,  even  as  his  Father  had  life  in  himself.  And  therefore  Jesus 
Christ  was  not  subject  unto  death  at  any  time.  Yet  he  had  the 
power  within  himself  as  he  so  declared,  to  lay  down  his  life  and  take 
it  again,  for  that  commandment  he  says  he  had  received  from  his 
Father.     Now,  in  order  that  this  may  be  clearly  stated,  I  want  to  give 


U48  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

you  his  own  words  in  regard  to  this  very  thing,  as  we  find  them 
recorded  in  the  fifth  and  in  the  tenth  chapter  of  John.  In  the  fifth 
chapter  of  John,  speaking  of  this  power  which  he  possessed,  the  Lord 
said: 

"Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  He  that  heareth  my  word,  and  be- 
lieveth  on  him  that  sent  me,  hath  everlasting  life  and  shall  not  come  into 
condemnation;  but  is  passed  from  death  unto  life; 

"Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  the  hour  is  coming,  and  now  is,  when 
the  dead  shall  hear  the  voice  of  the  Son  of  God;  and  they  that  hear  shall 
live. 

"For  as  the  Father  hath  life  in  himself;  so  hath  he  given  to  the  Son 
to  have  life  in  himself. 

"And  hath  given  him  authority  to  execute  judgment  also,  because  he 
is  the  Son  of  man." 

In  the  tenth  chapter  of  John,  speaking  of  the  power  which  is 
in  him,  the  Savior  says  this: 

"Therefore  doth  my  Father  love  me,  because  I  lay  down  my  life,  that 
I  might  take  it  again. 

"No  man  taketh  it  from  me,  but  I  lay  it  down  of  myself.  I  have 
power  to  lay  it  down,  and  I  have  power  to  take  it  again.  This  command- 
ment have  I  received  of  my  Father." 

And  that  marks  the  difference  between  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
and  the  rest  of  mankind.  We  have  no  life  in  ourselves,  for  no  power 
has  been  given  unto  us,  to  lay  down  our  lives  and  take  them  again. 
That  is  beyond  our  power,  and  so,  being  subject  to  death,  and  sinners, 
for  we  are  all  transgressors  of  the  law  to  some  extent,  no  matter 
how  good  we  have  tried  to  be,  we  are  therefore  unable  in  and  of  ■ 
ourselves  to  receive  redemption  from  our  sins  by  any  act  of  our 
own. 

This  is  the  grace  that  Paul  was  teaching.  Therefore,  it  is  by  the 
grace  of  Jesus  Christ  that  we  are  saved.  And  had  he  not  come  into 
the  world,  and  laid  down  his  life  that  he  might  take  it  again,  or  as 
he  said  in  another  place,  to  give  us  life  that  we  may  have  it  more 
abundantly — we  would  still  be  subject  to  death  and  in  our  sins. 

As  it  was  pointed  out  by  Isaiah  and  others  of  the  prophets  many 
hundreds  of  years  before  his  birth,  Christ  took  upon  himself  the  trans- 
gressions of  all  men  and  suffered  for  them,  that  they  might  escape  on 
conditions  of  their  repentance  and  acceptance  of  his  gospel,  and  their 
faithfulness  to  the  end.  So  we  are  saved  by  grace,  and  that  not  of 
ourselves.  It  is  the  gift  of  God.  If  Jesus  Christ  had  not  died  for  us 
there  would  have  come  to  us  no  salvation,  and  we  would  have  re- 
mained absolutely  in  our  sins,  without  redemption,  and  would  have 
become  subject  to  Satan  and  his  emissaries  forever  and  ever.  But 
through  the  mercies  of  God,  Christ  came  into  the  world  and  his  blood 
was  shed  for  the  redemption  of  men,  so  that  all  who  will  believe  and 
will  acknowledge  him  and  take  upon  them  his  commandments,  endur- 
ing to  the  end,  shall  receive  eternal  life. 


FAITH  AND  WORKS  1149 

So  far  as  redemption  from  death  is  concerned,  since  we  were  not 
responsible  for  it,  we  will  be  redeemed  from  it.  Therefore,  through 
the  blood  of  Christ,  every  man  shall  come  forth  from  the  dead  in  the 
resurrection,  and  the  spirit  and  body  shall  be  inseparably  connected. 
Then  man,  if  he  has  been  righteous,  shall  receive  a  fulness  of  joy,  and  if 
unrighteous,  he  shall  suffer,  of  course,  for  his  transgressions,  but  every 
man  has  been  given  immortality,  which  means  that  he  shall  die  again 
no  more. 

These  are  the  doctrines  that  were  taught  by  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 
This  is  the  burden  of  the  message  which  we  declare  unto  the  world — 
Christ  and  him  crucified  for  the  redemption  of  men. 

So  Paul  taught  these  people  who  thought  that  they  could  be 
saved  by  some  power  that  was  within  them  or  by  observing  the  law  of 
Moses.  He  pointed  out  to  them  the  fact  that  if  it  was  not  for  the 
mission  of  Jesus  Christ,  if  it  was  not  for  this  great  atoning  sacrifice, 
they  could  not  be  redeemed.  And  therefore  it  was  by  the  grace  of 
God  that  they  are  saved,  not  by  any  work  on  their  part,  for  they 
were  absolutely  helpless.     Paul  was  absolutely  right. 

And  on  the  other  hand  James  taught  just  as  the  Lord  taught, 
just  as  Paul  had  taught  in  other  Scripture,  that  it  is  our  duty,  of 
necessity,  to  labor,  to  strive  in  diligence,  and  faith,  keeping  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord,  if  we  would  obtain  that  inheritance  which  is 
promised  to  the  faithful,  and  which  shall  be  given  unto  them  through 
their  faithfulness  to  the  end.  There  is  no  conflict  in  the  doctrines  of 
these  two  men.  There  is  no  need  for  the  world  to  be  in  conflict  in 
regard  to  this  question.  It  is  merely  due  to  the  fact  that  they  cannot 
or  do  not  comprehend  the  mission  of  Jesus  Christ.  They  do  not 
understand  what  salvation  means.  They  do  not  know  upon  what  it 
is  based. 

The  world  today  is  discarding  the  doctrines  of  the  Church. 
Many  men  no  longer  accept  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Son  of  God;  they  do 
not  believe  in  his  atonement.  They  have  rejected  the  resurrection;  no 
longer  accept  it  as  being  essential  to  salvation,  and  yet  it  is  one  of  the 
fundamental  doctrines  of  the  Church.  Christ,  the  prototype,  the  ex- 
ample, came  forth  from  the  dead  as  he  said  he  would,  after  he  had  laid 
down  his  life  and  had  taken  it  again  on  the  third  day.  He  presented 
himself  to  his  disciples  and  told  them  to  handle  him  and  see,  for  a 
spirit  had  not  a  body  of  flesh  and  bones  as  they  saw  that  he  had. 

And  so  they  came  and  they  handled  him  and  further  to  con- 
vince them  he  partook  of  the  fish  and  honeycomb.  He  ate  in  their 
presence  and  convinced  them  by  a  practical  demonstration  that  it  was 
he  himself,  the  same  body  that  had  hung  on  the  cross,  which  they 
had  put  in  the  tomb  and  that  he  had  come  forth  again  in  the  resur- 
rection. Moreover  that  all  power,  both  in  heaven  and  in  earth  had 
been  given  unto  him  through  his  obedience  to  his  Father,  and  through 
the  resurrection  which  he  had  received.  He  was  the  first  fruits  of  the 
resurrection,   and  he  came  forth  and  taught  mankind  that  as  he  came 


1 1 5  o  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

forth  from  the  dead  so  all  men  should  come  forth  from  the  dead, 
both  the  good  and  the  bad;  and  that  men  should  be  judged  accord- 
ing to  their  works  and  receive  the  reward  according  to  merit.  That 
is  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  in  its  simplicity,  just  that  plainly  set 
forth  in  these  Scriptures  so  that  the  fool  may  read  and  understand;  and 
yet  the  wise  man  in  all  his  learning,  closes  his  eyes  against  this  truth 
and  thinks  he  understands. 

There  is  a  striking  passage  in  the  Book  of  Mormon  which  is 
very  significant  and  which  appeals  to  me  very  strongly,  it  is: 

"O  that  cunning  plan  of  the  evil  one!  O  the  vainness,  and  tne  irail- 
ties,  and  the  foolishness  of  men!  When  they  are  learned  they  think  they 
are  wise,  and  they  hearken  not  unto  the  counsel  of  God,  for  they  set  it 
aside,  supposing  they  know  of  themselves,  wherefore,  their  wisdom  is  foolish- 
ness and  it  profiteth  them  not.     And  they  shall  perish." 

But  mark  you  this: 

"But  to  be  learned  is  good  if  they  hearken  unto  the  counsels  of  God 

"But  woe  unto  the  rich,  who  are  rich  as  to  the  things  of  the  world. 

For  because  they  are  rich  they  despise  the  poor,  and  they  persecute  the  meek, 

and   their  hearts  are  upon  tbeir  treasures;    wherefore,   their  treasure  is   their 

God.     And  behold,  their  treasure  shall  perish  with  them  also." 

I  say  that  is  very  good  common  sense  and  good  Scripture.  Now 
another  passage  from  this  excellent  volume  of  Scripture,  the  Book  of 
Mormon: 

"And  now  my  beloved  brethren,  after  ye  have  gotten  into  this  straight 
and  narrow  path,  I  would  ask  if  all  is  done" — [in  other  words,  after  you 
have  been  baptized  for  the  remission  of  your  sins,  after  you  have  repented 
and  after  you  have  accepted  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Son  of  God,  and  that  is 
what  is  ahead  of  what  I  have  been  reading,  then  the  question  is  asked  by 
this  writer]  : 

"Is  that  all?"  Behold  I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  for  ye  have  not  come 
thus  far  save  it  were  by  the  word  of  Christ  with  unshaken  faith  in  him, 
relying  wholly  upon  the  merits  of  him  who  is  mighty  to  save. 

"Wherefore,  ye  must  press  forward  with  a  steadfastness  in  Christ, 
having  a  perfect  brightness  of  hope,  and  a  love  of  God  and  of  all  men. 
Wherefore,  if  ye  shall  press  forward,  feasting  upon  the  word  of  Christ,  and 
endure  to  the  end,  behold,  thus  saith  the  Father:     Ye  shall  have  eternal  life 

"And  now,  behold,  my  beloved  brethren,  this  is  the  way:  and  there 
is  none  other  way  nor  name  given  under  heaven  whereby  man  can  be  saved 
in  the  kingdom  of  God.  And  now,  behold,  this  is  the  doctrine  of  Christ, 
and  the  only  and  true  doctrine  of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  is  one  God,   without  end.      Amen." 

So  it  is  easy  to  understand  that  we  must  accept  the  mission  of 
Jesus  Christ,  and  we  must  believe  that  it  is  through  his  grace  that  we 
are  saved,  that  he  performed  for  us  that  labor  which  we  were  unable 
to  perform  for  ourselves,  and  did  for  us  those  things  which  were 
essential  to  our  salvation,  which  were  beyond  our  power,  and  also 
that  we  are  under  the  commandment  and  the  necessity  of  performing 
the  labors  that  are  required  of  us  as  set  forth  in  the  commandments 
known  as  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 


FAITH  AND  WORKS  1151 

Unless  a  man  will  adhere  to  the  doctrine  and  walk  in  faith,  ac- 
cepting the  truth  and  observing  the  commandments  as  they  have  been 
given,  it  will  be  impossible  for  him  to  receive  eternal  life,  no  matter 
how  much  he  may  confess  with  his  lips  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ,  or 
believe  that  his  Father  sent  him  into  the  world  for  the  redemption 
of  man.  So  James  is  right  when  he  says  the  devils  "believe  and 
tremble,"  but  they  do  not  repent.  So  it  is  necessary,  not  merely  that 
we  believe,  but  that  we  repent,  and  in  faith  observe  the  works  until 
the  end;  and  then  shall  we  receive  the  reward  of  the  faithful  and  a 
place  in  the  Celestial  kingdom  of  God,  which  I  pray  may  be  our  port, 
in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ.     Amen.     , 


Far  Up  On  the  Mountain 

We're  camping  far  up  on  the  mountain, 

Way  up  where  the  skies  seem  so  near, 
In  a  land  where  there's  sunshine  and  shadow, 

And  air  that's  refreshing  and  clear; 
We're  camping  way  up  where  the  pine  trees 

Just  whisper  old  tales  that  are  true. 
Where  the  leaves  of  the  aspens  are  dancing, 

And  flowers  are  smiling  through. 

We're  camping  far  up  where  the  squirrels 

Have  secrets  in  every  nook, 
Where  the  deer  roam  and  foxes  are  playing, 

And  trout  lurk  in  pool  and  brook; 
We're  camping  far  up  where  the  robins 

And    bluebirds    sing    strong    and    true, 
Where  the  woodpeckers  ever  are  drumming, 

And  honey-bees   buzzing   through. 

We're  camping  far  up  where  the  summer 

Is  cool,  and  the  day's  a  delight, 
Where  the  zephyrs  blow  friendly  and  often, 

And  Elysium's  portals  in  sight; 
And  though  sometimes  the  angry  storm  clouds 

Send  rain  and  the  lightning,   too, 
Soon  the  stars  with  the  pine  trees  are  playing, 

And  moon  beams  come  shining  through. 
University  Station,  Bin  "H,"  Tucson,  Arizona.  G.  MILTON  BABCOCK. 


MESSAGES    FROM    THE    MISSIONS 

"We  never  can  comprehend  the  things  of  Cod  and  of  heaven,  but  by 
revelation.  We  may  spiritualize  and  express  opinions  to  all  eternity;  but  that 
is    not   authority. 

"Oh,  ye  elders  of  Israel,  harken  to  my  voice;  and  when  you  are  sent  into 
the  world  to  preach,  tell  those  things  you  are  sent  to  tell;  preach  and  cry 
aloud,  'Repent  ye,  for  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand;  repent  and  believe 
the  gospel!'  Declare  the  first  principles,  and  let  mysteries  alone,  lest  ye  be 
overthrown.  Never  meddle  with  the  visions  of  beasts  and  subjects  you  do 
not  understand,  *  *  *  but  preach  those  things  the  Lord  has  told  you 
to  preach  about — repentance  and  baptism  for  the  remission  of  sins." — Joseph 
Smith,  the  Prophet,  "History  of  the  Church,"  Vol.  5,  p.  344. 

Better  Foothold  in  Greater  New  York 

Under  the  direction  of  President  B.  H.  Roberts  and  Conference  Presi- 
dent Len  H.  Layton,  the  Manhattan  conference,  Eastern  States  Mission, 
held  a  very  successful  conference  on  May  31  and  June  1,  so  Elder  Layton 
reports.  Two  Priesthood  meetings  were  held  on  Saturday,  May  3 1 ,  one 
for  missionaries  only,  in  which  strong  testimonies  were  given  and  the  other, 
a  general  meeting  for  all  members  holding  the  Priesthood.  President  Rob- 
erts occupied  most  of  the  time,  advising  the  Saints  to  "stay  where  they 
are,  that  God's  work  might  grow  into  stakes  of  Zion  in  these  Eastern  states." 
This  admonition  was  valuable,  as  many  of  the  Saints  have  a  spirit  of  gath- 
ering to  Salt  Lake  City. 

On  Sunday  three  sessions  were  held,  one  at  10  a.  m.,  and  2  and  7:30 
p.  m.  The  first  included  a  brief  report  of  the  work  in  the  five  branches, 
and  reports  of  the  Sunday  School,  M.  I.  A.,  and  Relief  Society  work.  A 
cello  solo  and  vocal  solo  added  to  the  enjoyment  of  this  meeting.  The  sec- 
ond session  was  devoted  to  real  gospel  propaganda.  The  text  announced 
is  found  in  I  Peter  3:15,  "Be  ready  always  to  give  answer  to  every  man 
that  asketh  you  a  reason  of  the  hope  that  is  in  you  with  meekness  and 
fear."  To  this  text  four  missionaries  delivered  very  inspired  remarks  giving 
the  reason  for  the  hope  that  is  within  them,  after  which  a  male  quartet  sang, 
"Praying  for  you."  President  Roberts  then  bore  his  testimony  of  the 
hope  that  he  had  of  eternal  life.  Edwin  Tout  sang  a  solo,  accompanied  by 
his  daughter  with  violin  obligate  Francis  O'Neill  at  the  piano.  At  the 
third  session,  160  people  came  to  hear  President  Roberts  treat  a  prom- 
ising theme:  "The  value  of  religion  and  the  way  in  which  'Mormonism' 
responds  to  it."  Elders  Hoff  and  Whalen  sang,  "The  morning  breaks,  the 
shadows  flee,"  a  very  fitting  duet.  The  entire  evening  was  turned  over 
for  this  discourse.  He  gave  it  in  a  series  of  deep  and  well  organized  thoughts, 
showing  that  the  value  of  a  religion  is  to  be  able  to  learn  from  it  your  pur- 
pose in  life.  This  conference,  it  is  felt,  is  a  step  towards  gaining  a  better 
foothold  in  greater  New  York. 

A  joint  conference  of  the  officers  of  the  four  Relief  Societies  of  the 
Brooklyn  conference  was  held  June  1 9  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Howard  R. 
Driggs.      Elders  and   missionaries  are  as  follows: 

Bottom  row  left  to  right:  Wesley  Hubbard,  Mary  Christensen,  Frances  J. 
O'Neill,  Phildon  Huf faker.  Second  row  from  left  to  right:  George  Harold  Holt. 
Andrew  Spencer,  Maurine  Parker,  Mission  Stenographer;  B.  H.  Roberts,  President 
Eastern  States  Mission:  Dr.  Margaret  C.  Roberts,  Len  H.  Layton.  Conference 
President  Brooklyn  Conference:  O.  Ragnar  Linde,  Mission  Secretary;  Carl  E.  Weaver. 
Top  row:  Edith  Pincock,  Donald  C.  Sloan,  Mollie  Higginson.  Antone  Bunker. 
Charles  L.  Moore,  E.  L.  Sloan,  Ivaloo  Jeppson,  Ernest  Hulet,  Mission  Bookkeeper: 
Leyonna   Van   Kampen. 


a  O 

n     * 

w 
o 
•o 

•°  2 
S.> 
»  Z 

(X9     i-j 

OH 
> 
Z 

n 
o 
z 

m 
?o 
m 
z 
n 
_m 

Z 

m 

O 
?o 
?5 


;  ;  54  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

From  Oakland,  Indiana 

On  June  29  a  conference  of  South  Indiana,  Northern  States  mission, 
was  held.  "The  conference  is  in  a  very  healthy  condition;  a  vigorous  summer 
campaign  is  well  under  way.  The  missionaries  are  seeking  the  honest  in 
heart  in  localities  not  worked  before  in  many  years,  and  they  are  reporting 
unprecedented  success.  Our  purpose  is  to  place  a  Book  of  Mormon  in  every 
home.  In  some  towns  the  people  are  so  eager  to  receive  them  that  one  pair 
of  elders  was  recently  enabled  to  dispose  of  fifty- eight  in  less  than  two 
days.  Our  aim  is  to  hold  a  meeting  every  night,  either  cottage  or  open  air. 
In  these  meetings  the  elders  and  sisters  of  the  Indianapolis  branch  with 
the  assistance  of  the  local  Priesthood,  have  done  a  great  work.  The  gospel 
message  is  sounded  from  four  to  five  nights  each  week  on  the  street  corners 
of  this  city.  Most  of  our  audiences  are  intelligent,  thinking  men  and  we 
consider  our  meetings  a  great  success.  We  look  for  a  great  harvest  before 
the  autumn  sets  in." — DeWitt  J.  Paul,  Conference  President. 


Missionaries,  left  to  right,  sitting:  Mae  Peterson.  Tremonton;  Lydia  Farns- 
worth,  Garland;  Dr.  John  H.  Taylor,  president  Northern  States  mission;  DeWitt  J. 
Paul,  Rigby,  Idaho,  president  Southern  Indiana  conference;  Adelia  Broderick,  Roosevelt; 
Alberta  Wuthrich,  Salt  Lake  City.  Standing:  Lawrence  E.  Bowcutt,  Garland;  Alvin 
Rigby,  Hibbard,  Idaho;  Stanley  W.  Johnson,  Ephraim;  John  A.  Lambert,  Kamas; 
Rasmus  Albrechtsen,  Emery,  Utah;  J.  Harold  Matson,  Rexburg,  Idaho;  Ernest  E. 
Hanks,  Salem;  Andrew  Somerville,  Moab,  Utah. 

A  Comparison 

President  Augus  T.  Wright  of  the  New  Zealand  mission  encloses  a  cut 
of  the  altar  as  found  in  the  tomb  of  Tutankhamen  and  calls  attention  to  the 
fact  that  it  has  interested  him  very  much.  He  says:-  "In  the  cut  of  the 
characters  taken  from  the  papyrus,  from  which  was  translated  by  Joseph 
Smith  the  Book  of  Abraham,  is  one  feature,  number  4,  representing  the  altar 
on  which  sacrifices  were  made  by  the  idolatrous  priests,  etc.  This  rather  un- 
usual looking  altar  was  used  in  the  time  of  the  Pharaohs  of  which  Tutankh- 
amen was  one.  One  of  these  altars,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  recent  collection 
of  treasures  from  his  tomb,  is  almost  an  exact  reproduction  of  the  cut  pre- 
sented by  Joseph  Smith  in  the  Pearl  of  Great  Price  many  years  ago,  as  copied 
from  the  papyrus  by  him  and  placed  as  a  frontispiece  in  the  Book  of  Abraham. 
It    is    the    most    convincing    evidence     possible     of    Joseph     Smith's     claim 


MESSAGES  FROM  THE  MISSIONS 


1155 


with  reference  to  the  papyrus  and  the  Book  of  Abraham.  This 
illustration,  as  so  often  happens,  has  been  brought  to  light  by  those 
not  of  our  faith  and  without  any  intention  on  their  part  of  establishing  or 


Wonderful  replica  of  Luxor  tomb,  to  be  exhibited  at  Wembley.  An  exact,  ful- 
sized  reproduction  of  the  Tomb  of  Tutankhamen  has  been  made  for  the  British 
Empire  Exhibition.  Gold  valued  at  thousands  of  pounds  has  been  beaten  for  the 
gilding.      A  general  view  of  the   tomb,   showing   guardians. 

confirming  the  truth.  It  is  clearly  a  fact  that  if  the  picture  in  the  Book 
of  Abraham  had  been  drawn  from  Joseph  Smith's  imagination,  his  statement 
could  not  have  been  confirmed  eighty-nine  years  afterwards  and  fully  verified 
by  those  who  would  have  scoffed  previously  at  these  facts  and  called  it 
pretentions  on  the  part  of  the  Prophet  Joseph." 

An  Easter  Cottage  Meeting  in  Old  England 

Easter  morning  dawned  bright  and  clear,  with  all  the  glory  of  new  life, 

for  which  the  day  is  held  sacred.  Elder and  myself  looked  out  of  our 

little  window  in  the  second  story  of  a  small,  quaint  English  cottage;  one  of  a 
small  group,  all  with  the  red  tile  roofs  and  diminutive  yards  full  of  brilliant 
flowers,  surrounded  by  the  ever  present  hedges.  Looking  toward  the  south 
one  sees  the  narrow,  winding  country  road,  paved  with  small  stones,  leading 
out  into  the  beautiful,  green,  uneven  country.  In  place  of  the  unsightly 
wire  fences  of  America,  along  the  country  roads,  we  see  the  beautiful  hedges 
in  full  bloom,  neatly  trimmed,  growing  on  either  side  of  the  road,  making 
the  landscape  look  as  if  a  slow,  sluggish  stream  were  flowing  between  flower- 
covered  banks,  through  fields  of  glowing  red  poppies. 

In  the  old  cottage,  amid  the  wonderful  surroundings,  we  held  a  Book 
of  Mormon  class,  studying  about  the  inhabitants  of  a  now  almost  forgotten 
time  and  civilization.  Our  lesson  touched  upon  the  once  beautiful  country, 
the  rich  cities  and  wonderful  edifices  they  had  builded  while  their  hearts  were 
turned  toward  the  Lord  their  God,  also  the  great  apostasy  that  took  hold  upon 


1156  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  hearts  of  the  people  and  led   to   their  destruction   and   finally   to   their 
annihilation. 

About  the  time  we  were  to  start  our  Easter  service — six  Saints  being 
present — the  bells  in  the  large  mathedral  near  by  began  to  ring  in  rapid 
succession,  as  only  English  bells  can — telling  the  people  of  the  town  that  their 
great  Easter  Service  was  about  to  begin. 

In  the  little  humble  cottage,  owned  by  an  old  couple  of  faithful  Latter- 
day  Saints,  we  bore  our  simple  testimonies  of  the  goodness  of  God  in  giving 
us  the  gospel  and  the  privilege  of  having  these  humble  quarters  to  offer  our 
thanks  and  gratitude  for  all  that  we  have  received  from  his  gracious  hand. 
As  our  meeting  progressed,  in  the  lowly  quarters,  the  fashionable  people  of  the 
town  made  their  way  to  the  great  church,  to  hear  and  see  the  greatest  service 
of  the  year.  The  ministers,  and  there  were  many,  came  in  procession  covered 
with  beautiful  robes  of  scarlet,  trimmed  with  bright  gold  and  silver.  The 
beauty  of  the  church  was  almost  beyond  description — the  people  in  their  new 
spring  clothes,  the  golden  altar  illuminated  with  huge  lighted  candles,  sur- 
rounded by  the  rising  fumes  of  .burning  incense.  The  sight  was  one  that 
would  remain  in  the  minds  of  the  people  for  many  days  to  come.  The 
service  consisted  of  countless,  meaningless,  foreign  ceremonies,  intermixed 
with  words  and  chanting  of  little  meaning  to  the  usual  listeners.  The  sermon 
was  one  that  only  an  orator  could  compose,  yet  it  contained  only  a  dead  form 
of  the  gospel  mixed  with  the  philosophies  of  man. 

Of  these  two  services,  one  was  of  the  essence  of  the  humble  Savior,  the 
other  the  vain  creations  of  man.  The  sight  that  greeted  the  eyes  of  the  prophet 
Alma  upon  his  missionary  visit  to  the  Zoramites,  of  their  greed,  stiff-necked- 
ness  and  creations  of  forms  of  worship,  could  not  these  be  compared,  and  in 
time  the  same  dire  result  overtake  the  self-righteous  of  the  land  today? 

"For  my  people  have  committed  two  evils;  they  have  forsaken  me  the  fountain 
of  living  waters,  and  hewed  them  out  cisterns,  broken  cisterns,  that  can  hold 
no  water." — Jer.  2:13. 

— J.  D.  M.,  North  Walsham,  Norfolk,  England. 

Do  All  Things  Without  Murmurings 

Elder  Carrol  L.  Olsen,  Tasmania,  Australia,  writes:  "We  consider  the 
Era  a  great  help  to  us  in  our  missionary  work  here  in  the  South  Pacific. 
Many  investigators  have  been  influenced  for  good  by  reading  its  articles  and 
valuable  teachings.  Elder  William  LaVon  Robinson,  Boise,  Idaho,  and  myself 
are  laboring  among  the  people  of  North  Tasmania,  with  Launceston  as  our 
headquarters.  We  find  great  joy  in  our  work  and  the  blessings  of  the  Lord 
have  been  abundantly  showered  upon  us.  We  are  trying  to  follow  the  advice 
of  the  Apostle  Paul:  'Do  all  things  without  murmurings  and  disputings,  that 
ye  may  be  blameless  and  harmless,  the  sons  of  God,  without  rebuke,  in  the 
midst  of  a  crooked  and  perverse  nation,  among  whom  ye  shine  as  lights  in 
the  world;  holding  forth  the  word  of  life;  that  I  may  rejoice  in  the  day  of 
Christ,  that  I  have  not  run  in  vain,  neither  labored  in  vain.' 

Thirty  Baptisms — 110%  Increase  of  Investigators 

"This  is  a  group  photo  taken  on  the  day  of  our  last  semi-annual  Shef- 
field conference,  May  18,  1924.  It  was  by  far  the  most  successful  held  in 
the  Sheffield  conference,  since  pre-war  days.  Under  the  inspirational 
leadership  of  President  David  O.  McKay  a  great  work  is  being  accomplished. 
We  are  still  subjected  to  some  rather  severe  treatment  at  the  hands  of  bitter 
assailants,  yet  this  spirit  of  mobocracy  seems  to  be  waning.  During  the 
months  of  March,  April,  May  and  June  of  this  year  we  baptized  thirty 
people  exceeding  the  total  number  of  baptisms  for    1923.      Our  number  of 


MESSAGES  FROM  THE  MISSIONS  115  7 

investigators  has  increased  110  per  cent,  and  all  of  our  meetings  are  un- 
usually well  attended.  The  Saints  are  united  and  performing  a  splendid 
missionary  work. 


^     5}    "£• 

"    tf    tf 

1  ■  V  -i 

"The  names  on  the  photo  are  as  follows,  standing  from  left  to  right:  G. 
Kimball  Mellor,  conference  clerk,  Manti;  James  T.  Buddell,  Birmingham  conference; 
Elwood  G.  Meadows,  Leeds  conference;  Rollo  E.  Watkins,  Ogden;  Scott  S.  McCune, 
Santa  Monica.  California;  Fielding  K.  Smith,  conference  president,  Salt  Lake 
City;  Vernon  P.  Cole,  Preston,  Idaho;  Rowland  V.  Walker,  Salt  Lake  City;  Sister 
Emma  Ray  McKay,  president  of  the  Relief  Societies;  Willard  Boden,  Logan;  Lyle  A. 
Riggs,  Mesa,  Arizona;  David  O.  McKay,  president  of  the  European  mission;  Ernest 
K.  Freckleton,  president  of  the  Liverpool  conference,  Eureka;  George  C.  Midgley,  Salt 
Lake  City;  F.  Peter  Jones,  Monticello;  William  A.  Monson,  Liverpool  office,  Ogden: 
Parley  A.  Peterson,  Newton;  Rodney  D.  Price,  Phoenix,  Arizona;  Harley  K.  Fer- 
nelius,  Ogden.  Kneeling:  Milford  M.  Mills,  Woods  Cross;  LaTon  E.  Darley,  Wells- 
ville;  K.  Marsel  Widtsoe,  president  of  the  Hull  conference,  Salt  Lake  City;  Sterling 
C.  Rigby,   Newton,  Utah." 

"In  closing  I  wish  to  express  the  sincere  appreciation  of  the  elders  of  this 
conference  for  the  Era.  It  is  a  true  source  of  encouragement  and  inspiration. 
— Fielding  K.  Smith,  Conference  President. 


Progress  in  Independence 


"Twenty-seven  baptisms  have  been  performed  in  the  Independence  con- 
ference in  three  and  a  half  months,"  reports  Conference  President  Chester 
Graff.  "There  are  at  least  400  Saints  in  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  and  Kansas  City, 
Kansas,  and  100  in  Independence.  Kansas  City  with  a  population  of 
400,000,  is  tracted  once  every  two  years.  Over  200  Books  of  Mormon,  900 
small  books,  and  a  large  number  of  tracts  and  pamphlets  were  distributed 
during  three  months.  The  people  are  hungry  for  the  truth,  but  often  fail 
to  recognize  it  when  it  is  presented  at  their  doors.  Many  whom  we  meet  have 
never  before  seen  a  'Mormon'  missionary.  An  average  of  three  meetings 
were  held  every  night,  including  cottage  and  street  meetings,  which  have 
proved  very  successful  during  the  summer  months.  The  missionaries  are  en- 
ergetic and  persistent  in  their  work  which  brings  blessings  of  the  heavenly 
Father  upon  them.     This  conference  is  fortunate  in  having  had  visits  from 


1158 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


a  number  of  the  Church  Authorities  who  gave  wise  counsel  and  bore  their 
testimonies  to  the  divinity  of  the  latter-day  work.  Much  good  was  accomp- 
lished from  their  visits." 


f  /  ^B^^B 

T*2 

Krflfe^  ufll 

KyJ 

A«n  "PI ' 

fe   .-r-A.    ">. 

l]S 

HfMk4»XMi 

wk '  "v  JB^I 

'  "Bk^- 

^Hpl  B&v'l 

" '       in  ij  v.    \y  ; 

■■_■  .;*.''    ;??► 

^g^BT* 

Missionaries  of  Independence  conference,  front  row,  left  to  right:  LaVerna 
Stone,  Effa  Bills,  Nellie  Moncur;  second  row:  Harold  Bennion,  Esther  McBride, 
Clarence  Naylor,  incoming  conference  president;  Chester  Graff,  outgoing  conference 
president;  Flora  Hatch,  Glen  Schmidt;  third  row,  standing:  Dell  Kesler,  Ruth  Horn, 
Otis  Nielsen,  Luella  Anderson,  LaVon  Cluff,  Bertha  Nelson;  back  row:  Lavell  Jones, 
Woodruff  H.  Anderson,  Jessie  Henricksen,  Wilford  T.  Young,  Riley  Gywen. 


Forty  Baptized  in  Six  Months 

Elder  A.   Stam,   clerk  of   Groningen  conference,   Holland,    reports   that 
they  have  had  wonderful  success  during  the  past  six  months.     Twelve  elders 


The  following  are  elders  laboring  in  the  conference;  back  row,  left  to  right: 
Karl  Fife,  Logan;  P.  S.  Jensen;  W.  R.  Wilcken,  Salt  Lake  City;  C.  E.  Thayne, 
Sandy;  Asael  Smith;  Stanley  Sharp,  Salt  Lake  City;  W.  K.  Potts,  Ogden;  H. 
Noorda,  Salt  Lake  City.  Front  row:  Mrs.  Joseph  Weston,  Joseph  Weston,  Ogden; 
R.  J.  Cameron,  conference  president;  A.  Stam,  conference  clerk,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

are   laboring   there,    and    they    have   baptized    forty   people    during    the    time 
named.     "The  elders  are  greatly  enjoying  their  labors.     Our  future  looks  very 


MESSAGES  FROM  THE  MISSIONS 


1159 


bright  and   the  prospects  of  bringing  many  people  to  a   knowledge  of  the 
gospel  are  very  promising." 

Progress  in  the  Sacramento-Gridley  Conference 

Since  our  conference,  May  23-25,  the  missionaries  have  been  doing  ex- 
cellent work  in  Chico,  Marysville,  Stockton,  and  Sacramento.  Well  at- 
tended street  meetings  in  each  of  these  cities  have  been  held.  The  missionaries 
are  working  in  harmony  to  further  the  cause,  and  are  succeeding  in  getting 
some  people  to  investigate  and  to  read  the  Book  of  Mormon,  resulting  in  the 
placing  of  books  each  month. 


Missionaries,  left  to  right,  top  row:  Mary  B.  Ostland,  Margaret  E.  Caldwell, 
Jane  F.  Stewart;  second  row:  Ada  L.  Funk,  G.  M.  Christiansen,  Winnifred  Evans; 
third  row:  E.  Booth  Sorenson,  W.  F.  Montgomery;  fourth  row:  Carrol  N.  Madsen, 
Wendell  M.  Jensen,  Clyde  Thompson,  Jos.  W.  McMurrin  mission  president;  W. 
Vernal  Denning,  conference  president,  released;  J.  Maynard  Summers;  Benj.  J.  Lott, 
present  conference  president;  fifth  row:  Glen  W.  Durfey,  Ellsworth  E.  Weaver; 
sixth  row:  Moselle  Michaelson,  B.  F.  Zimmerman,  Eunice  Simpson;  bottom  row,  Ina 
Larsen,   Emma   E.   Walton. 

Interested  in  Genealogical  Work 

Melvin  P.  Pickering  and  Eugene  T.  Crawshaw  write  from  Limz  an 
Donan,  Austria,  July  24,  reporting  that  the  prospects  in  the  Vienna  confer- 
ence, Austria,  Swiss-German  mission  are  very  favorable.  There  are  only 
two  missionaries  in  the  Limz  branch  but  in  cooperation  with  the  Saints 
their  labors  are  bringing  good   results.      Five  meetings  a   week  are  held   with 


1160 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


a  good  attendance  and  all  present  take  active  part  in  the  discussion  of  gospel 
principles.  Enthusiasm  in  the  summer  work  is  growing  and  the  elders  have 
produced    wonderful    results    accompanied    by    a    good    spirit,    so    that    the 


prospects  are  bright  for  a  number  of  baptisms  soon.  "The  Saints  here  are 
greatly  interested  in  genealogical  work  and  we  are  doing  all  in  our  power  to 
encourage  them  along  in  this  line.  We  appreciate  the  Era  very  much  and 
extend  our  best  wishes  to  all  its  readers." 


Baptized  Fifty-Five  Since  May 

Elder  Ben  L.  Bowring,  Mississippi  conference,  reports  a  conference  held 
in  Laurel:  "Through  the  kindness  of  a  former  judge  and  a  prominent  attorney 


Elders  Mississippi  conference,  left  to  right,  front  row:  William  T.  Berrett, 
Menan,  Idaho;  Carl  F.  Clegg,  Heber.  Utah;  C.  J.  Podlatis,  Blackfoot,  Idaho;  Ben 
L.  Bowring,  conference  president,  Brigham,  Utah;  Charles  A.  Callis,  mission  president; 
E.   J.   Peart,   Evanston,   Wyoming;    W.  D.    Spence,    Glendale;    M.    G.   Holgate,    Order- 


MESSAGES  FROM  THE  MISSIONS  1161 

ville,  Utah.  Back  row:  L.  B.  Hammer.  Newdale:  J.  A.  Wickham,  Franklin,  Idaho; 
M.  D.  Roper,  Oak  City;  B.  H.  Dimick,  Spanish  Fork;  J.  W.  Redford,  Talmage, 
Utah;  William  C.  Wood,  Blackfoot,  Idaho;  B.  W.  Richards,  Joseph  City,  Arizona; 
Liston   W.   Parr,   Riverton,   Utah. 

the  court  house  was  secured  for  the  conference.  From  far  and  wide  Saints  and 
investigators  gathered.  A  number  of  prominent  people  in  Laurel  also  at- 
tended the  meeting.  President  Callis  was  the  principal  speaker.  He  spoke 
along  doctrinal  lines.  President  Bowring  presided  over  the  meeting.  Since 
May  we  have  baptized  fifty-five  into  the  fold  of  Christ.  Our  new  slogan 
is  'Sell  a  Book  of  Mormon  each  week.'  It  has  been  an  incentive  to  do 
more  in  placing  the  sacred  record  before  the  people  of  the  world  than  any 
other  thing  we  have  done.  The  Era  is  a  great  help  to  us  in  spreading  the 
gospel." 


Bits  of  Philosophy 


A  heart  full  of  truth  is  better  than  a  head  full  of  facts. 

All  the  real  sweetness  in  life  is  found  in  the  bottom  of  the  bitter  cup. 

Culture  is  just  the  ability  to  make  a  tramp  feel  perfectly  at  home  in 
your  new  limousine. 

Take  out  of  the  average  conversation  the  brag,  nag  and  whine,  and 
there  would  not  be  much  left  to  brag  about. 

If  you  estimate  yourself  at  a  pin's  worth,  you  will  never  be  offended 
because  some  one  underestimates  your  worth. 

Nephi  Jensen. 


Scout  Boys 

There  are  many  George  Washingtons,  many  indeed, 
Boys  who  can   govern  and  boys   who  can   lead, 
Boys  who  are  known  on  the  land  and  the  sea ; 
But,  somehow,  when  heroes  are  mentioned  to  me, 
I  think  of  the  boys  who  went  into  the  fray, 
To    never   command   but   to   only   obey — 
The  boys  who  could  follow  and  bleed  and  be  true — 
Whatever  their  names — they  were  Washingtons,   too! 

There   are   Abraham   Lincolns   all   over  the   land, 

With  never  a  nation  at  arms  to  command — 

The  Scout  Boys  who  serve  with  no  thought  of  applause, 

With  each  day  the  good  turn,  no  matter  the  cause, 

Our  splendid  defenders  in  conflict  to  be — 

No  matter  their  names — they  are  Lincolns  to  me! 

There  are  princes  all  over,  in  your  town  and  mine, 
The  square  boys,  the  fair  boys,  the  honest  and  fine, 
For  whether  in  palaces  born  to  the  royal, 
Or  home  boys  who  rise  from  the  spur  of  the  soil, 
Or  whether  they  follow  or  whether  they  lead — 
The  boys  who  can  Scout  are  the  princes  indeed! 
Mesa.  Arizona.  BERTHA  A.  KLEINMAN. 


^By*  {he  Stream  Side 

AT  THE  ENTRANCE  TO  BELL'S  CANYON 

O'er  this  wild  place  a  thrilling  silence  lies, 

A  solemn  hush  that's  dwelt  since  days  of  old; 
One  voice  alone,  the  mountain  waters  cold, 

Speaks  of  the  ages,  time  that  never  dies. 

To  make  the  centuries,  the  moments  pass — 
Before  our  race,  here  long  the  glaciers  crept — 
Creation's  acme  still  the  future  kept; 

While  ancient  ice  carved  yonder  granite  mass. 

These  heights  of  stone  arose  from  depths  of  sea ; 
And   nature's   labors,    in   the   distant   past, 
Left  high  the  peaks  and  sank  the  hollows  vast — 

The  land  was  changed  and  was  that  man  might  be. 

And  here  we  came  beside  this  beauteous  stream — 
Great  Nature  host  unto  each  transient  guest, 
We  speak  in  awe  or  speak  in  idle  jest, 

Yet  in  each  heart  is  stirred  life's  golden  dream. 

O  sunken  gorge,  and  thou,  O  peaked  height, 

That  tell  strange  legends  of  the  day  that's  been, 
What  am  I  taught  amid  this  awful  scene? 

Hope,  flower-like  still,  within,  the  Soul's  wide  light! 

Alfred  Lambourne. 


I  Worship  God 

I  love  the  earth — 

Its  wond'rous  surface  shows 

Variety  more  marked  than  language  knows. 

Hills,  hollows,  prairies,  valleys,  rugged  peaks; 

S wails,  gutters,  canyons,  rivers,  oceans  creeks; 

Woodlands  and  meadows;  marsh  and  wilderness; 

Fruits,  flowers,  grasses,  trees — mankind  to  bless. 

For  all  this  varied  surface  of  the  land 

Will  yield  obedience  to  the  human  hand. 

I  love  the  rain — 

The  gentle  rhythm  of  its  drip,  drip,  drip 

Is  music  to  my  ears.     Earth's  parted  lip 

In  thirsting  gladness  drinks  the  gentle  shower; 

In  helpless  fear  yields  to  the  torrents  power; 

Broadens  its  rivers  for  the  raging  flood, 

And  failing,  sacrifices  human  blood 

To  stay  destruction's  hands. 

But  when  the  storm  is  past,  skies  bright  again, 

Her  eyes  are  heavenward  turned  in  prayer  for  rain. 

I  love  the  light; — 

Sun,  moon,  and  stars;  and  little  candle  flame 

That  nightly  in  my  window  burns  the  same, 

With  glad  and  welcoming  glow; 

Breathing  the  greeting  that  I  most  would  know 

When  I  come  back  again  to  my  small  home. 

The  light  that  man  has  made  I  understand, 

But  well  I  know  some  higher,  more  pow'rful  Hand 

Controls  the  heavenly  lights;  that  night  and  day 

Would  cease,  if  he  who  whispered  first 

"Let  There  Be  Light" 
Should  let  these  many  orbs  slip  from  his  sight. 

I  love  this  we  call  "Life." 
My  own  life  I  am  glad  to  have  received. 
No  greater  purpose  could  have  been  achieved 
If  I  with  diligence  my  time  employ. 
I  love  my  neighbors,  friends,  and  all  mankind, 
And  greatest  joy  in  serving  them  I  find. 
I  view  in  wonderment  the  mighty  plan 
By  which  the  Earth  subservient  is  to  Man. 
I  love  all  things — each  flower,  each  star,  each  clod, 
But  all  my  praise  and  worship  are  for  God. 
St.  George,  Utah.  MABEL  JARVIS 


Making  ready  to  land  at  Tahiti;  showing  the  crew  of  the  Monique  repairing  her 
broken  boom  and  torn  sail.  The  passenger  seated  in  the  foreground  is  in  the 
act  of  shaving — he  says:      "It's  a  ticklish  job  here." 

THE   NEED   OF    "BACKING" 

A  Story  of  the  Islands'  Swiftest  Vessel 

By  O.  B.  Peterson 

It  was  originally  called  the  American,  as  it  was  built  in  the 
States,  though  owned  and  managed  by  a  local  island  concern.  But 
it  went  on  the  reef  at  Anaa,  and,  thinking  it  was  entirely  ruined,  the 
owners  were  eager  to  sell  it.  A  trader,  Nicholas,  by  name,  bought  the 
ship  and  after  repairing  it  and  putting  it  into  shape,  changed  its  name 
to  Monique.  It  was  known  as  the  swifest  sailing  vessel  throughout 
the  islands. 

The  Monique  had  just  arrived  at  Hikueru;  her  first  boat  was 
a-shore  at  1 1  o'clock  a.  m.  She  had  left  the  island  of  Tauere  at  seven 
o'clock  that  same  morning,  and  had  made  the  distance  of  more  than 
forty  miles  in  four  hours.  This,  even,  was  not  her  record;  she  had 
beaten  that  at  times  by  almost  five  miles.  A  fair  gale  was  blowing, 
and  she  was  racing  up  and  down  before  the  reef,  as  proud  and  grace- 
ful as  a  swan.  She  was  built  low  and  wide,  scarcely  more  than  four 
feet  out  of  the  water;  the  shapely  curves  of  her  prow  and  stern  sug- 
gesting power  in  cutting  and  fighting  the  waves,  while  her  two  masts 
were  exceptionally  long,  to  accommodate  the  use  of  a  top-gallant  sail 
for  additional  speed. 

The  ship's  row  boat  came  over  the  reef  the  second  time,  and  the 


THE  NEED  OF  BACKING  1165 

captain  and  owner  stepped  a-shore.  I  asked  him  where  he  was  bound, 
and  he  said  he  was  on  his  way  to  Tahiti  and  would  take  an  almost 
direct  route.  This  was  pleasing  information,  to  be  sure,  as  my  work 
was  completed  on  that  island,  and  I  was  ready  to  go;  in  fact,  I  had 
already  waited  several  days  for  a  ship.  I  eagerly  arranged  for  passage 
for  my  companion  and  me.  I  considered  this  a  rare  opportunity  to 
ride  on  the  "fastest  sailing  vessel;"  not  so  much  because  of  the  ship 
itself,  but  I  was  eager  to  get  there  as  quickly  as  possible.  The  natives 
said,   "You'll  be  in  Tahiti  in  two  days." 

The  ship  was  to  leave  the  next  afternoon,  so  we  hurriedly  packed 
our  boxes  and  got  everything  ready.  Our  luggage  was  taken  aboard 
the  following  morning,  but  as  the  captain  was  ashore  in  some  busi- 
ness deal  and  would  not  likely  be  through  for  some  time,  we  were 
persuaded  to  wait  until  he  came,  before  going  out.  The  wind  in- 
creased somewhat,  and  it  started  to  rain.  The  day  passed  rapidly  and 
eventide  approached,  with  no  sign  of  preparation  for  departure.  The 
captain  had  been  seen  a  few  times  on  the  street,  but  apparently  was 
busy  at  something,  and  the  other  work  of  the  ship  was  not  yet 
finished.  Everybody  began  to  say,  "You'll  not  leave  till  morning." 
We  began  to  hope  that  such  would  be  the  case,  as  the  thought  of  lying 
out  on  deck  in  that  rain  and  wind  all  night  was  anything  but  inviting 
and  encouraging.  However,  we  had  to  hold  ourselves  in  readiness 
until  the  official  word  came  that  we  could  go  back  to  the  house  for 
another  night's  comfortable  rest. 

"Come  on,"  someone  shouted,  "they're  ready  to  leave,  but  they're 
going  down  to  the  other  landing."  We  gathered  up  our  things  and 
hurried  down.  It  was  now  dark,  and  the  boat  was  making  its  last 
trip  to  the  ship  it  was  said  to  bring  a  secret  load  of  liquor  ashore. 
This  job  was  finally  finished,  but  the  captain  had  not  yet  arrived. 
"Oh,  if  he'd  only  wait  until  morning,"  we  thought.  Quite  a  gale 
was  blowing,  with  a  cold,  drizzling  rain;  and  to  go  over  that  reef  at 
night  was  truly  dangerous,  and  more  dangerous  still  to  board  that 
swiftly  moving  vessel  in  the  dark.  The  captain  came.  "Aren't  we 
going  to  wait  till  morning?"  I  eagerly  inquired.  "Why,  no,"  came 
the  reply,  "with  this  wind  blowing,  we'll  be  a  hundred  miles  from 
here  by  morning."  The  thought  of  so  quickly  reaching  our  destina- 
tion, at  least,  was  encouraging,  so  we  buckled  to  the  task  with  un- 
daunted faith. 

The  row  boat  could  be  brought  no  closer  than  to  where  the 
waves  break  at  the  edge  of  the  reef,  and  we  had  to  walk  out  about  a 
hundred  yards  in  water  above  our  knees,  carefully  avoiding  the  holes 
and  cracks  in  the  coral,  in  order  to  reach  it.  When  we  were  safely 
seated  in  the  stern  of  the  boat,  the  captain,  holding  the  steering  oar, 
gave  his  orders.  Two  sailors  were  out  of  the  boat  to  push  it  off 
the  reef,  while  one  sailor  remained  in  the  boat  to  help  the  captain 
keep   it  upright.      "There's  one,   yo,   ho!"   shouted  the  captain.      We 


1166  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

moved  a  little.  The  next  wave  helped  us  a  little  more;  then  a  big  one 
came.  "Look  out,  there!"  he  warned.  The  water  dashed  up  over 
the  edge  of  the  boat  as  the  wave  broke,  a  little  strenuous  effort  on  the 
part  of  the  sailors  and  captain,  and  we  were  clear  of  the  reef. 

We  started  for  the  ship — but  where  was  it?  It  was  so  dark 
that  we  couldn't  see  ten  feet  before  us,  and  we  had  no  light  what- 
ever, by  which  the  crew  on  the  ship  might  know  our  whereabouts. 
The  captain  and  sailors  called  repeatedly,  and  finally  received  an 
answer;  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  swiftly  moving  vessel  crossed  our 
bow,  missing  us  by  scarcely  more  than  fifty  feet.  "Ah  pshaw!" 
shouted  the  captain  in  disgust.  The  ship  turned  and  came  back; 
this  time  they  could  see  us.  The  main  sail  was  loosened  and  the  ship 
drifted  our  way.  The  small  boat  was  ruthlessly  dashed  up  and  down 
against  the  side  of  the  ship.  "Be  careful,  now,  and  be  sure  of  your 
footing,"  came  the  warning.  As  the  boat  was  lifted  up  by  the  waves, 
we  threw  our  belongings  to  the  sailors  on  the  ship,  and  as  she  came 
up  again  we  jumped,  grabbed  the  side  of  the  ship  and  swung  safely 
aboard.  It  was  a  hazardous  and  exciting  half  hour,  and  we  felt 
greatly  relieved  when  the  thing  was  accomplished. 

The  boat  was  hoisted  over  the  edge  of  the  ship,  and  everything 
appeared  ready  for  a  speedy  departure.  "Where  are  the  shipping 
papers?"  asked  the  captain.  No  one  seemed  to  know,  but  upon 
investigation,  it  was  found  that  the  French  Gendarme  had  failed  to 
sign  the  government  papers  permitting  the  departure  of  the  vessel, 
and  they  were  still  in  his  office.  This  made  a  perplexing  situation;  to 
send  the  boat  ashore  again  in  that  wind  and  rain  with  no  light 
meant  a  probable  mishap  and  the  death  of  some  of  the  sailors.  The 
only  thing  to  be  done  was  to  wait  patiently  until  daylight. 

I  began  to  look  around  for  a  place  to  spend  the  night,  and  find- 
ing the  back  part  of  the  deck  filled  with  sacks  of  copra,  decided  to 
make  my  bed  there.  I  was  too  seasick  to  go  below.  As  I  lay  on  that 
copra  in  the  wind  and  rain  throughout  the  night,  I  thought  often  of 
the  comfortable  bed  I  might  have  had  ashore.  As  it  was,  besides  the 
extreme  misery  of  the  situation,  we  were  unconsciously  wasting  both 
time  and  energy,  sailing  up  and  down  before  Hikueru  at  a  rate  of 
more  than  ten  miles  an  hour.  We  welcomed  the  light  of  the  follow- 
ing morning,  for  the  missing  papers  were  soon  fetched,  and  we  were 
now  ready  to  commence  our  "speedy,  two-day"  journey  to  Tahiti. 
And  notwithstanding  our  discomfort  and  distress,  we  felt  equal  almost 
to  anything  in  view  of  reaching  our  destination  in  so  short  a  time. 

The  sails  were  shifted  and  the  ship  turned  around  until  the 
points  of  the  compass  designated  that  we  were  headed  in  the  right 
direction;  and  waving  a  last  farewell  to  the  isle  of  Hikueru,  we  satis- 
fied ourselves  with  the  thought  that,  at  last,  we  were  "off."  We 
were  sailing  along  at  the  same  delightful  speed  as  had  been  main- 
tained during  the  preceding  night,  and  for  which  the  ship  was  so 
famous,    when   suddenly, — "Well,    what's   wrong,    we   appear    to    be 


THE  NEED  OF  BACKING  1167 

slowing  down?"  "Yes,"  came  the  reply,  "it  looks  like  the  end  of 
our  wind,  and  the  beginning  of  a  calm."  "A  calm?"  I  asked,  "but 
that  won't  last  very  long,  will  it?"  "Oh,  the  calms  through  here 
last  about  eight  days,"  answered  the  captain.  Eight  days!  Heaven 
forbid;  we  were  to  reach  Tahiti  in  two  days.  But  there  we  were, 
and  nothing  we  could  say  or  think  or  do  could  change  the  situation. 

We  tried  to  be  cheerful.  "There  is  sure  to  be  a  wind  now  in 
a  few  minutes  or  hours,"  we  opined.  But  "calm"  was  the  correct 
word.  Even  the  ocean  itself  became  a  placid  lake  of  glass,  without  a 
ripple  or  a  wave,  other  than  large  swells  over  which  we  floated;  and 
not  a  sign  of  a  breeze;  while  the  glittering  rays  of  old  Sol  beat  down 
unmercifully  hot.  Thus  it  was  throughout  the  day,  throughout  the 
night,  throughout  the  following  day,  and  the  next  six  days  as  well. 
Often  did  we  wish  that  we  were  able  to  steer  our  course  directly  to 
the  port  we  sought — 'but  we  hadn't  the  "backing."  We  could  do 
nothing  but  drift  with  the  tide  and  ocean  currents,  and  try  some  of  the 
"feats"  of  Joshua,  Moses  and  Paul  on  the  elements,  which  we  were 
never  able  to  work  successfully. 

On  the  morning  of  the  seventh  day,  we  floated  up  to  the  island 
of  Anaa;  but  as  we  neared  it,  the  sails  flapped  to  the  side,  filled  out 
from  end  to  end,  and  the  ship  pushed  forth  with  the  celerity  of  a 
race  horse.  There  was  our  wind.  We  were  soon  going  at  our  old 
ten-mile  rate;  and  what  a  relief  from  the  tediousness  of  the  calm; 
another  day  like  that  would  end  it  all,  and  we  should  be  enjoying 
ourselves  in  Tahiti.  But  the  ship  had  some  copra  to  take  on  at  Anaa, 
and  we  were  compelled  to  speed  up  and  down  before  the  island,  while 
the  small  boat  made  several  trips  ashore.  Owing  to  the  strong  wind 
and  the  long  distance  to  the  landing,  the  work  progressed  very  slowly, 
and  by  the  time  the  last  load  was  aboard,  the  day  was  gone,  and  the 
sun  was  sinking  to  its  rest. 

The  prow  of  the  ship  was  now  pointed  toward  Tahiti,  and  we 
sped  forth — but  not  for  long.  Within  half  an  hour  there  was  no 
wind  again,  and  we  began  gliding  along  as  before.  Oh!  this  wa:> 
awful.  It  was  like  the  "slow  train  through  Arkansas."  Here  we 
were  on  the  swiftest  vessel  of  the  islands;  and  we  couldn't  have  been 
going  much  slower,  if  the  thing  had  been  tied  down  with  chains. 
"This  helps  to  prove  the  fact,"  I  remarked  to  my  companion,  "that 
it  isn't  altogether  the  build,  the  shape,  the  character  of  the  vessel  that 
gives  it  speed  and  takes  it  to  its  destination;  it  must  have  some 
^backing' — without  wind,  it  doesn't  go.  And  likewise  in  the  life  of 
man,  it  isn't  alone  the  physique,  the  brain  power  and  the  various  tal- 
ents and  characteristics  of  the  individual  that  move  him  forward  in 
accomplishment.  Like  the  sailing  vessel,  he  needs  the  co-operation 
and  backing  of  a  greater  power  than  his  own — without  the  inspira- 
tion and  guidance  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  he  encounters  many  a  calm, 
and  there  is  much  drifting  with  the  tides  and  currents." 


1168  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

The  recent  strong  wind  had  made  the  ocean  very  turbulent,  and 
our  ship  was  tossed,  turned  and  twisted  until  finally  the  iron  coupling 
on  the  main  boom  snapped  off,  releasing  it  from  the  mast,  and  tear- 
ing the  main  sail.  This  necessitated  putting  the  large  sail  down,  and 
for  the  next  few  days  we  traveled  with  only  the  fore  and  jib  sails. 
We  were  favored  with  an  occasional  breeze  for  an  hour  or  so  at  the 
time,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  eleventh  day  we  came  alongside  of 
Tahiti.  As  we  were  nearing  the  pass,  it  occurred  to  the  captain  that 
it  would  be  a  shame  to  pull  into  port  with  a  broken  boom  and  torn 
sail;  so  we  put  out  to  sea  again  and  wasted  another  three  or  four  hours 
doing  what  should  have  been  done  two  days  before,  when  the  sailors 
had  nothing  else  to  do,  and  thereby  have  hastened  our  arrival  with 
the  driving  power  of  this  big  sail.  But  "where  there  is  no  vision,  the 
people  perish."  At  about  ten  o'clock  that  morning  we  stepped  safely 
ashore  at  Papeete,  Tahiti — after  a  long  and  tedious  "two-day"  (?) 
voyage. 

The  Monique  made  another  trip  to  the  Tuamotu  Islands  and  re- 
turned safely;  but  on  her  second  trip  she  encountered  some  difficulty 
while  in  the  vicinity  of  Anaa,  and  in  a  squall,  or  sudden  gust  of  wind, 
turned  entirely  over.  The  crew  and  their  one  passenger  got  away 
safely  on  the  ship's  row  boat,  and  finally  returned  to  Tahiti.  The 
ship,  however,  with  its  entire  cargo,  was  lost. 
Orovini,  Papeete,   Tahiti,  Society  Islands 


Ye  Olde  Towne 

On  the  moon  dial  of  memory  lies  ye  Olde  Towne, 

Mud  gray,  roof  drab,  and  white; 
Like  a  phantom  that  the  vagrant  mind  cherishes, 

Trailing  through  the  far  spent  night. 

There  are  faces  from  the  past,  in  ye  Olde  Towne, 

Tear-stained,  merry-eyed,  and  grim; 
There   are   forms   that   move   in   silent   phalanxes, 

Purposeful  and  strong  of  brain  and  limb. 

All  the  mist  from  long  ago  vanishes, 

But  the  harmonies  and  great  hopes  remain, 

And  come  trooping  along  down  the  highway, 
Spreading  o'er  the  wide  brown  main. 

The  gayest  rendezvous  of  youth  was  ye  Olde  Towne, 

Sheltered  by  its  purple-tinted  hills; 
With  its  tawny  streets,  and  staid  trees,  and  green  lanes 

And   its   peace,   where   the  homing  heart   thrills. 

Oh.  long  the  shadows  linger  'round  ye  Olde  Towne, 

Mud  gray,  roof  drab,  and  white; 
Oh,   strong  were  the  builders  that  builded  it, 

On  the  path  of  the  westward  sun's  flight. 

EZRA  J.  POULSEN,  Author,  Songs  for  the  Toilers. 


PROPHECY    AND    HISTORY 

A  Study  for  the  Advanced  Senior  Class  M.  I.  A.,    1924-25 

History — The  Founding  of  Utah 
By  Prof.  Levi  Edgar  Young,  of  the  University  of  Utah 

Part  I.      Lesson  IV.      Read  Chapters  IX-XII 

The    Settlement    of    Utah 

The  next  four  lessons  will  deal  with  the  pioneer  journeys  to  Utah 
and  the  settlement  of  Utah.  The  story  of  the  journey  of  the  first  company 
under  President  Brigham  Young's  leadership  will  be  given  special  attention, 
for  it  stands  out  as  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  the  pioneer  companies 
to  the  far  West.  The  reader  will  be  interested  in  the  organization  of  the 
various  companies  and  the  types  of  people  who  came  over  the  trail  to  help 
settle  these  vales.  They  were  a  high  class  of  people  and  knew  how  to  adapt 
themselves  to  the  new  environment  and  conditions.  They  were  industrious, 
God-fearing,  thrifty,  and  resourceful.  They  knew  how  to  do  things  and  to 
solve  their  problems,  for  problems  they  had.  With  crude  farming  imple- 
ments, they  had  to  clear  the  land  and  plow  it.  They  had  to  construct 
canals  and  water  ditches  leading  from  the  mountain  streams.  They  went  to 
the  canyons  and  cut  timber  for  cabins;  they  brought  stone  from  the  quarries 
and  made  adobes  for  their  houses  and  public  buildings;  they  had  to  manu- 
facture clothing  within  the  homes,  and  many  other  activities  kept  them 
busy.  The  Indians  had  to  be  met,  and  met  with  kindness,  for  Brigham 
Young's  policy  was  to  feed  the  Indians  and  not  to  fight  them.  Roads  had 
to  be  made  and  bridges  over  the  streams  and  rivers  constructed.  Meeting 
houses  and  school  buildings  had  to  be  built.  They  relied  upon  the  Lord  and 
had  the  idea  which  the  Apostle  Eliot  used  to  teach  the  Indians  of  New 
England:  "Work,  with  faith  in  Jesus  Christ,  will  accomplish  anything.'' 
The  settlement  of  Utah  is  a  story  that  inspires  one's  greatest  respect  and  love 
for  the  pioneers  of  the  days  before  the  railroad. 

Jonathan  Carver  and  the  Far  West 

An  interesting  statement  concerning  the  far  West  was  written  in  1765 
by  one.  Jonathan  Carver,  who  with  a  small  party  of  men  came  into  the 
country  of  what  is  now  the  Dakotas,  and,  learning  from  the  Indians  some- 
thing about  the  "Shinging  Mountains"  to  the  West  (the  Rocky  Mountains), 
wrote  the  following  concerning  them: 

"This  extraordinary  range  of  mountains  is  calculated  to  be  more  than  three 
thousand  miles  in  length,  without  any  very  considerable  intervals,  which  I  believe 
surpasses  anything  of  the  kind  in  the  other  quarters  of  the  earth.  Probably  in 
future  ages,  they  may  be  found  to  contain  more  riches  in  their  bowels,  than  those 
of  Hindostan  and  Malabar,  or  that  are  produced  on  the  golden  coast  of  Guinea;  nor 
will  I  except  the  Peruvian  mines.  To  the  west  of  these  mountains  when  explored 
by  future  Columbuses  or  Raleighs,  may  be  found  other  lakes,  rivers,  and  countries, 
full  fraught  with  all  the  necessaries  or  luxuries  of  life;  and  where  future  genera- 
tions may  find  an  asylum,  whether  driven  from  their  country  by  the  ravages  of 
lawless  tyrants,  or  by  religious  persecutions,  or  reluctantly  leaving  it  to  remedy  the 
Inconveniences   arising   from   a   superabundant   increase   of   inhabitants;    whether,    I   sav. 


1170  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

impelled  by  these  or  allured  by  hopes  of  commercial  advantages,  there  is  little 
doubt  but  their  expectations  will  be  fully  gratified  in  these  rich  and  unexhausted 
climes." 

In  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  there  were  members  of 
Congress  who  did  not  believe  that  the  country  beyond  the  Rocky  Mountains 
was  of  any  worth.  This  feeling  continued  more  or  less  down  to  the  later 
forties,  when  the  "Mormons"  settled  in  the  Great  Basin.  One  member  of 
Congress,  Bates,  of  Missouri,  said: 

One  would  think  seriously  of  occupying  Oregon.  The  country  wasn't  worth 
settling.  The  entire  region  "between  the  Missouri  and  the  Pacific,  save  a  strip  of 
cultural  prairie  not  above  two  or  three  hundred  miles  wide — is  waste  and  sterile,  no 
better  than  the  Desert  of  Sahara,  and  quite  as  dangerous  to  cross."  Part  of  the 
country  was  composed  of  rocky  ridges  incapable  of  producing  anything,  and  near  the 
coast  "the  soil,  where  there  is  any,  is  formed  of  rotted  pine  leaves,  and  even  that  is 
swept  away  by  the  floods  which  from  time  to  time  cover  the  land  along  the  river 
banks.  Today  the  extremity  of  drought  prevails;  tomorrow  all  except  the  hills  are 
under  water."  He  did  not  believe  that  settlers  could  be  induced  to  remain  there 
longer  than  two  years;  it  would  be  impossible  for  them  to  endure  the  "incessant  rain 
of  four  months'  duration."  But  even  if  the  settlement  were  successful  it  was  ridicu- 
lous to  imagine  that  the  people  in  that  far-off  country  could  long  retain  any  patriotic 
feeling  for  the  United  States.  "Does  any  man  imagine  that  a  brotherhood  of  affec- 
tion, a  community  of  interest,  could  bind  that  distant  and  solitary  member  of  the 
family  in  the  far  West  to  those  held  together  by  the  firmest  of  political  ties  in  the 
East?  The  very  name  of  the  place  is  expressive  of  its  poverty  and  sterility,  for  it 
comes  from  ocegano,  a  word  applied  by  the  Spaniards  to  an  herb  resembling  penny- 
royal and  growing  near  the  coast." 

To  Mitchell  of  Tennessee  the  idea  of  settling  Oregon  was  even  more  absurd. 
He  couldn't  understand  how  any  one  would  desire  to  "seek  the  inhospitable  regions 
of  Oregon,  unless,  indeed,  he  wishes  to  be  a  savage."  The  Rocky  Mountains 
formed  our  natural  boundary  on  the  west,  and  no  man,  even  though  he  had  "the 
most  prolific  mind,"  could  ever  look  forward  to  the  day  when  our  country  with 
that  boundary  would  be  densely  populated.  "Not  even  within  the  reach  of  fancy 
itself  can  the  advocates  of  this  bill  point  out  the  time  when  Oregon  Territory  will 
have  to  be  organized."  If  any  other  nation  wanted  it,  let  that  nation  have  it.  "It 
is  a  territory  we  ought  not  to  inhabit  and  one  I  hope  we  never  shall  inhabit,"  be- 
cause it  is  too  remote.  "No  sir,  let  those  restless  spirits  who  cannot  be  content  to 
cultivate  their  native  soil,  let  such  beings  go  to  Oregon,  but  let  them  go  at  their  own 
risk." 

These  speeches  were  delivered  before  the  Lower  House  of  Congress  on 
December  29  and  30,  1828.  Twenty  years  from  that  time  a  delegate  was 
sitting  in  the  House  of  Representatives  from  the  Territory  of  Oregon.  A 
little  over  forty  years  later  the  first  transcontinental  railroad  was  completed 
connecting  the  Pacific  coast  with  the  Atlantic. 

Assignment    of   Lesson 

Read  Chapters  IX,   X,   XI,    XII   in   the  Founding  of   Utah 

These  chapters  will  tell  the  reader  how  the  "Mormon"  people  came 
to  leave  Nauvoo  and  begin  their  journey  to  the  far  West.  The  main  points 
to  remember  are: 

Whitman's  poem  entitled  The  Pioneers;  The  Abandonment  of  Nauvoo; 
The  March  Through  Iowa  and  the  Calling  of  the  Mormon  Battalion; 
Winter  Quarters;  The  Preparation  to  Move  to  the  West;  The  First  Com- 
pany of  Pioneers  Under  Brigham  Young;  The  Journey  to  the  Valley  of 
the  Great  Salt  Lake. 


PROPHECY   AND   HISTORY  1171 

Then  came  the  larger  companies  of  1847.  Tell  about  some  of  them. 
What  did  the  pioneers  bring  with  them  over  the  plains?  What  kind  of 
people  were  they?  What  ideals  did  they  have?  For  an  example  of  how 
the  pioneers  met  their  difficulties  on  the  plains,  tell  the  story  of  John  R. 
Young. 

1.  Have  the  members  of  the  class  obtain  a  story  of  some  pioneer  experiences 
between  the  Missouri  river  and  Salt  Lake  City. 

2.  Have  pioneers  come  and  relate  their  experiences  to  the  class.  In  nearly 
every  town  and  city  of  Utah,  are  those  who  walked  all  the  way  from  Council  Bluffi 
to   Utah. 

3.  Give  as  many  reasons  as  you  can  why  the  Latter-day  Saints  moved  west- 
ward  to   the   Great   Basin. 

4.  Why  were  they  successful  in  their  journey? 

5.  Tell  something  of  the  life  of  Brigham  Young  and  his  companions,  like 
Orson  Pratt,  Erastus  Snow,  John  Pack,  Wilford  Woodruff,  and  others.  Read  about 
Brigham  Young  in  the  Era  for  July,  1923,  page  818,  and  preceding  volumes;  also 
June,  1924,  pp.  784-86.  Give  three  reasons  why  he  was  a  truly  great  man. 
Larned  says  in  his  Study  of  Greatness  in  Men  that,  "there  must  be  a  great  motive 
in  what  a  man  does;  a  great  object  and  the  use  of  great  powers;  and  a  great  char- 
acter  behind   action."      Read   "He   Believed,"    Young    Woman's   Journal,    June    1924. 

I 
Lesson  V.      Read   Chapters  XIII.  XIV,  XV  and  XVI 

| 

These  chapters  will  tell  you  about  the  hand  cart  parties,  irrigation  and 

how  the  vales  of  Utah  were  explored  and  colonized.     Some  very  beautiful 

verses  from  the  Bible  will  give  you  the  spirit  of  the  pioneers  as  they  colonized 

Utah  and  developed  irrigation.     In  Isaiah  35:1,  6  are  these  words: 

"The  wilderness  and  solitary  place  shall  be  glad  for  them;  and  the  desert 
shall  rejoice,  and  blossom  as  the  rose."      *      *      * 

"Then  shall  the  lame  man  leap  as  an  hart,  and  the  tongue  of  the  dumb  sing: 
for  in  the  wilderness  shall  waters  break  out,  and  streams  in  the  desert." 

1.  Tell  the  story  of  the  hand  cart  migration.  Why  was  it  necessary  to  resort 
to  carts  in  order  to  get  the  people  to  Utah  from  the  Missouri  River?  What  were 
some  of   the  hardships  endured? 

2.  How  many  people  approximately  crossed  the  plains  in  the  hand  cart 
companies? 

3.  Why  were  the  pioneers  forced  to  practice  irrigation?  Who  were  the  first 
irrigators  in  America? 

The  following  outline  will  help  you  to  understand  the  history  of  the 
irrigation  in  this  country: 

Canals: 

In  ancient  America,  irrigation  practiced  in  the  cultivation  of  crops. 
Most  important  of  these  in  the  valley  of  the  Gila  river  and  its  tributaries 
in  southern  Arizona.  Here  many  miles  of  ditches;  in  some  instances 
extending  ten  miles  from  the  stream  from  which  the  water  was  diverted. 

Frank  M.  Cushing  reports  that  the  canals  of  the  Gila  Valley  to- 
gether with  those  of  the  Casa  Grande  ruins  and  other  communities  and 
cities,  demonstrate  the  fact  that  at  one  time  a  vast  sedentary  and  agri- 
cultural population  existed.  Eleven  main  canals  have  been  found;  135 
miles  actually  traced.     These  capable  of  watering  100,000  acres  of  land. 

Individual  canals  went  for  twenty-five  miles.  In  Salt  River  Valley, 
200,000  to  250,000  acres  capable  of  being  irrigated. 

Some  of  the  ancient  ditches,  7  feet  to  9  feet  wide,  4  feet  wide  at 
bottom.  At  surface,  30  feet  wide,  both  bottom  and  side  carefully 
plastered  with  clay  to  prevent  seepage. 


1172  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Remains  of  wooden  head  gates  have  been  found.  Great  engineer- 
ing skill  shown  in  these  canals. 

Several  of  these  canals  have  been  utilized  by  the  farmers  and  pio- 
neers of  Arizona.  In  one  instance,  a  saving  of  from  $20,000  to  $25,000 
to  the  "Mormon"  pioneers.  Near  Mesa,  a  canal  in  an  ancient  volcanic 
knoll  for  three  miles.  Used  by  the  settlers.  Many  such  ditches  in  the 
valley  of  the  Rio  Verde. 

Irrigation  1847: 

The  "Mormon"  pioneers  settled  on  City  Creek,  July  24,  1847. 
The  first  irrigation  by  an  advance  company  under  Professor  Orson  Pratt. 
First  Anglo-Saxon  irrigators,  July  23.  The  beginning  of  a  system  that 
has  made  the  western  fanner  a  competing  force  in  the  world's  history. 
Every  one  ploughing  and  sowing.  Streams  were  protected  and  springs 
developed.  Canals  run  from  the  first,  and  the  highest  public  utilities. 
Headworks  and  dams  constructed  by  co-operative  labor.  No  money  in 
circulation.  None  needed.  Lumbermen  felled  the  trees  and  obtained 
the  lumber  for  flumes,  gates,  and  bridges.  Masons  mixed  the  mortar 
and  prepared  the  rock.  This  method  of  associated  industry  necessary 
for  every  colony  in  Utah;  began  by  the  farmers  co-operating  in  tilling 
the  soil. 

The  village  community  became  the  unit  around  which  were  th: 
farms.  Laying  out  of  Salt  Lake  City.  Every  man  to  be  a  landowner. 
No  man  to  monopolize  land,  and  none  to  speculate. 

Town  sites  always  on  some  stream  of  water,  for  irrigation  and  culi- 
nary purposes.  It  was  taught  that  if  "agriculture  in  arid  regions  was 
to  be  successful,  there  must  be  a  small  farm  unit;  diversified  production; 
intensely  cultivated;  and  faithfully  fertilized."  Each  man  in  Salt  Lake 
an  acre  and  *4.  For  garden.  A  simple  economic  system.  Labor  to  hi 
man's  capital. 

The  first  year.  Spring  of  1847.  Corn,  wheat,  potatoes,  melons, 
pumpkins,  rye,  barley,  oats,  buckwheat.  Oats  60  bu.  to  one  planted. 
Parley  P.  Pratt  writes:  "I  had  a  good  harvest  of  wheat  and  rye  without 
irrigation."     The  gulls. 

The  Harvest  Feast  of  1848.  After  the  harvest  of  1849,  no  one 
wanted  breadstuffs  for  six  years. 

1850;  11,500  inhabitants  in  valley.  16,000  acres  under  cultiva- 
tion;   120,711   bu.  of  grain  raised;  45,000  bu.  potatoes. 

Two  stanzas  from  the  Irrigation  Ode,  by  Mrs.  Gilbert  McClurg,  will 
show  its  spirit.     The  first  stanza  is  "The  Desert:" 

Oh!     Desert  Land! 
The  land  of  the  smiting  sun-glare,  deep  blue  of  the  star-pierced  night. 
Of  rock-piles  heights  and  chasms,  awe-fraught  to  the  dizzying  sight. 
Where  the  shadow  ever  chases  the  light  of  the  blinding  day 
With  purple  and  pink  and  crimson,  opalescent  and  far  away; 
The  candlesticks  of  the  cactus  flame-torches  here  uphold! 
Sunflower  disks  and  feathery  mustard  spread  fields  of  the  cloth  of  gold. 
The  polished  cups  of  amok  are  girded  with  spears  of  thorn — 
When  the  desert  wind  arises, — and  they  fade  as  they  are  born! 
The  rainbow-colored  spaces,   wan  and  withered  in  a  breath; 
Bones  of  man  and  beast  lie  together,  under  mirage-mock  of  death! 

Chorus : 

Life  of  sky  and  sand  awaking  to  prey  when  all  is  done: 
Land  of  the  desolate  people,   born  of  sirrocco  and  sun! 
Oh!      Desert  Land! 


PROPHECY   AND    HISTORY  1173 

A  subsequent  stanza  is  "The  Irrigated  Region:" 

Oh!      Glorious  land! 
The  land  of  homes  for  the  homeless;    the  shepherded  flocks  and  herds; 
The  land  where  the  green-walled  thickets  ane  choral  with  songs  of  birds; 
Where,  over  ancient  furrows,   silver  streamlets  are   re-drawn; 
Where  slopes,  once  arid,  lie  teeming  with  wealth  of  the  vine  and  corn; 
The  land  of  sunny  spaces,  the  land  of  leafy  glades; 
Of  the  faith  that  sees  in  the  desert  the  promise  of  verdant  blades, 
Where  fruits,  purple,  crimson  and  golden,  roll  forth  from  Plenty's  horn. 
Where  souls  of  noble  fealty,  of  diviner  mood  are  born; 
Where,   on  glimmering  heights  of  future,  gleam  fair  regenerate  years, 
Read  in  crystal  chrism  of  water,  the  transparent  globe  of  seers! 

Chorus: 

In  the   garden  grows  the  Tree  of  Life  where  Eden's  rivers  run. 

Land  of  the  world-dowered  people,  nurtured  by  water  and  sun! 
Oh!      Glorious  land! 


Lesson   VI.      Read:      Chapters  XVII,   XVIII,   XIX,   XX 

These  chapters  will  be  of  special  interest  to  the  reader,  as  they  deal 
with  early  day  industrial  life  and  how   the  towns  and  cities  were  founded. 

Chapter  XX  tells  about  the  organization  of  Utah  Territory.  Presi- 
dent Young  was  insistent  that  the  people  become  self-sustaining.  In  fact 
this  was  absolutely  necessary  as  they  were  a  thousand  miles  from  the  con- 
fines of  civilization.  At  first  every  little  home  was  a  centre  of  industry,  for 
as  you  will  read,  nearly  every  article  of  clothing  and  as  well  as  the  necessities 
for  the  house  were  manufactured  by  the  family.  This  we  call  domestic 
manufacturing.  Later,  the  people  would  organize  in  groups  and  work 
co-operatively  to  manufacture  clothing,  etc. 

Discuss  the  following  topics:  Domestic  manufacturing;  President 
Young's  statement  concerning  home  industry;  cotton  raising;  grist  and  saw 
mills;  machinery  for  sugar  manufacturing;  the  organization  of  the  Deseret 
Agricultural  and  Manufacturing  Society;   some  of  our  early-day  merchants. 

1.  On  the  Fourth  of  July,  1869,  a  procession  was  held  in  Salt  Lake  City 
which  is  described  on  page  200.  What  were  some  of  the  industrial  organizations 
represented? 

2.  Give  something  of  the  story  of  early-day  mining  in  southern  Utah. 

3.  Why   did  President  Young  discourage   mining   in   early   days? 

4.  Do  you   think  it  was  a  wise  decision? 

5.  Read  in  some  of  the  magazines  what  the  'eminent  writers  have  said  about 
Salt  Lake  City.  (See  Sccibner's  Magazine  for  March,  19  24:  Harper's  Magazine, 
for   June,    1924.) 

6.  Tell  the  story  of  the  settlement  of  Salt  Lake  City. 

7.  How  was  the  city  laid  out  and  named? 

8.  What  were  some  of  the  first  public  buildings?  (The  City  Hall;  the 
Council  House;    the   Social  Hall;    the   Bowery  and    first  Tabernacle.) 

9.  Where  were   these  buildings?       (The  old  city  hall  is  still  standing.) 

10.  President  Young  had  in  mind  not  only  a  city  of  homes,  but  he  provided 
for  parks  and  play  grounds.  Every  home  was  a  garden,  and  every  house  wa\ 
surrounded  with  flower  gardens.  Sa'f  Lake  City  has  an  individuality  all  its  own. 
Can  you  tell  why? 

11.  Tell  something  about  the  history  of  other  cities,  like  Fillmore,  Ogden, 
and  Parowan.  The  old  New  England  town  government  was  the  most  democratic 
that  has   ever  been   known.      This   same    type  of   government   was    carried   on    in    the 


1174  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Utah  towns.      All  the  people  took  part  in  government  and  were  free  to  express  their 
triews  in  meetings. 

12.  Tell  briefly  how  Utah  Territory  came  to  be  organized  and  named.  Who 
was  the  first  Governor  of  Utah,  and  who  appointed  him?  Why  do  you  think  the 
people  wanted  statehood? 

13.  Why  is  a  state  government  better  than  a  territorial   form  of  government? 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  first  law  passed  by  the  first  Legislature 
of  Utah  was  for  the  building  and  maintenance  of  roads  and  bridges;  the 
second  law  brought  into  existence  was  that  pertaining  to  the  University  of 
Utah,  the  first  university  west  of  the  Missouri  river.  Turn  to  page  229  and 
read  the  Memorial  to  Congress  asking  for  $25,000  for  a  University.  From 
the  beginning,  the  people  took  an  active  interest  in  education,  and  later  you 
will  read  about  the  first  public  schools  and  something  about  our  first  school 
laws. 


Up  to  You 

It  is  right  to  be  ambitious  with  a  worthy  aim  in  view 
With  desire  strong  to  reach  it,  and  a  perseverance  true; 
For  without  determination  to  reach  distant  heights  that  lift 
Far  above  his  present  level,  man  begins  to  shirk  and  drift. 

He  becomes  in  truth  a  laggard  on  the  great  highway  of  life, 
Slothful,  indolent,  a  loafer,  in  this  busy  age  of  strife; 
Giving  nothing  to  his  fellows,  human  parasite,  'tis  true, 
Feeding  on  the  strength  of  toilers,  with  no  special  task  to  do. 

But,  like  other  gifts,  ambition,  if  it  onward,  upward  lead, 
Must  be  noble,  true  and  holy,  free  from  envy,  hate  and  greed; 
For  to  strive  for  place  and  power,  with  no  sense  of  duty  then 
Would  ignoble  prove,  nor  blessing,  but  a  curse  unto  all  men. 

So  to  prove  ambition  worthy,  there's  a  safe  and  final  test 

Of    the    work   your   hand   has   finished,    e'er   your   efforts   will   be    blessed; 

Sit  alone  and  face  it  squarely,  does  it  truly  satisfy? 

Are  you  not  ashamed  to  own  it,  are  you  tempted  to  deny? 

Not  authorities,  nor  critics,  not  religion  nor  the  law, 
Can  be  judge  of  your  true  efforts,  or  can  right  decisions  draw 
But  by  you,  yourself,  the  judgment  must  be  rendered  to  be  true, 
For  no  other  knows  the  motive,  that  has  prompted  you  to  do. 

By  that  judgment  and  no  other,  you  will  truly  live  and  try 

For  ambition  to  be  worthy,  you  yourself  must  satisfy, 

So  its  up  to  you  the  choosing,  just  the  height  you  wish  to  gain; 

Then  keep  pushing  on  and  upward,  and  your  work  will  ne'er  be  vain. 

Mesa,  Arizona  IDA  R.  ALLDREDGE 


MRS.    ELIZABETH    CLARIDGE    McCUNE 

Artist,   Architect,  Philanthropist:   born,  Feb.    19,    1852,  Leighton-Buzzard,   England, 
Bedfordshire;    died   Aug.    1,    1924,    Salt   Lake    City.    Utah 


A   TRIBUTE 


By  Susa  Young  Gates 


All  women  love  beauty.  So  do  all  men.  The  love  of  beauty 
lies  sleeping  within  the  soul  awaiting  the  call  of  parents,  guardian, 
teacher  or  circumstance.  The  power  to  express  in  material  terms, 
that  innate  human  reaction  to  beauty  and  harmony  is  given  to  but 
few  favored  mortals.  Such  are  called  artists  by  their  admiring  and 
understanding  fellows.  The  artist  may  handle  clay,  paints,  words, 
voice  or  music  symbols,  or  brick  and  stone;  may  direct  and  inspire 
others;  may  use  as  tools  only  such  domestic  factors  as  four  walls, 
selected  furniture,  and  chosen  view-points.  If  the  artistic,  creative 
instinct  is  there,  those  who  know  how  to  see  quickly,  react  to  the 
surroundings,  whether  they  be  found  in  palace  or  cottage,  on  public 
platforms  or  private  walls. 

Given  great  wealth,  which  means  unlimited  opportunity  for  self- 
expression,  many  beauty-lovers  place  their  home-making  resources  in 
the  hands  of  paid  artisans  and  go  their  way  in  more  or  less  blind 
acceptance  of  the  consequences.     When  a  brave,  yet  unschooled,  genius 


1176  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

possesses  the  riches  of  opportunity,  and  refuses  to  copy  or  allow 
others  to  spoil  her  own  dreams,  of  words,  of  colors,  or  of  marble, 
bricks,  woods,  draperies  and  furniture,  the  result  may  be  a  work  of 
art,  or  it  may  only  be  a  conglomerate  assembling  of  inharmonious 
human  self-expression.  At  least,  it  will  have  personality  gemmed 
within  its  awkward  or  its  lovely  results  to  shine  upon  the  eyes  of 
those  who  have  eyes  to  see  and  hearts  to  understand. 

A  real  artist  was  Elizabeth  C.  McCune.  She  builded  upon  a 
heaven-kissing  hill  her  dream  of  spacious  rooms,  shadowed  vistas,  and 
sweeping  stairs.  She  used  as  her  materials  satins  and  tooled  leathers, 
woods  laid  down  in  rare  South  American  forests  for  long  months  of 
seasoned  worth;  from  Scottish,  African  and  velvet-smoothed  Italian 
Carrara  quarries,  came  marbles  of  rose-bloom  or  pearl-finished;  artists 
from  far-off  eastern  cities  painted  in  her  ceiled  and  panelled  walls 
scenes  from  Sherwood  forests  and  Watteau,  figures  frolicking  in  gay 
abandon;  priceless  weaves  from  Persian  looms  lay  on  the  floors  or 
hung  from  archways;  she  gave  her  responsive  young  architect  a  liberal 
education  in  the  three-year  process.  Given  unlimited  resources  by  her 
princely  husband,  she  used  them  to  create  a  monument  to  harmony  and 
gracious  architectural  loveliness.  Mirrors  from  Germany  made  special 
cars  a  necessity  even  for  transportation,  while  Italy  sent  three  marble 
statues  of  unusual  choice.  All  of  this  became  to  her,  like  all  creative 
work  does  to  those  who  once  create,  a  task  completed,  an  incident 
closed.  She  and  her  loved  family  enjoyed  the  home;  until  change, 
the  marriage  of  her  children,  travel  and  absence  of  her  husband  on  his 
pressing  New  York  business  life,  left  her  alone  for  long  periods.  Then 
came  removal  to  California. 

Mrs.  McCune  was  a  philanthropist.  Why  should  she  leave  such 
a  finished  dream  to  be  vacant  and  unused  for  long  periods?  In  1919, 
the  McCune  home,  as  it  was  modestly  called,  was  presented  by  its 
owners  to  the  Church.  The  struggling  Latter-day  Saints  School  of 
Music  was  permitted  to  take  over  the  million-dollar  mansion,  and 
here  it  houses  eager  pupils,  gifted  teachers,  who  study  harmony  of 
sound  in  an  atmosphere  of  harmony  of  line  and  color.  What  a  rare 
tribute  to  creative  power! 

Mrs.  McCune  was  a  long-time  Temple  and  a  Genealogical  So- 
ciety worker;  had  been  on  the  General  Board  Y.  L.  M.  I.  A.,  and 
the  Relief  Society;  she  served  on  the  State  Agricultural  College  Board, 
first  as  a  member,  then  as  vice-president;  she  has  attended  women's 
congresses,  in  Washington,  New  York,  London  and  Rome.  Her 
inspiring  words  have  been  heard  not  only  in  these  centers  of  learning 
and  culture,  but  on  the  bleakest  plains  where  pioneers  made  harsh 
beginnings;  in  the  lowly  homes  of  struggling  women;  in  the  tiny 
meeting  houses;  as  well  as  in  the  big  tabernacle  in  Salt  Lake  City; 
in  all  places  she  has  aroused  in  her  hearers  the  embers  of  righteousness, 
fanning  into  flame  with  her  native  eloquence  and  wit  quick  resolve 
and  high  purpose. 


A  TRIBUTE  1177 

Nor  did  her  public  labors  rob  her  home,  her  family,  or  her 
friends.  To  them  all  her  endearing  qualities  gave  abundant  joy.  With 
all  her  wealth,  possessions,  and  opportunities  she  was  a  Latter-day 
Saint  to  the  core.  She  liked  plain  ways,  plain  speech,  and  plain  life. 
She  not  only  loved  to  give,  to  share,  she  also  craved  human  compan- 
ionship, human  sympathy  and  understanding.  Her  inherent  dignity 
and  social  grace  were  consistent  with  her  simple  modes  of  dress  and 
manner.  A  sparkle  of  fun  played  on  the  surface  of  her  natural 
earnestness  like  phosphorescent  sparkles  in  a  great  ship's  path. 

Her  steadfast  faithfulness  to  duty  never  prevented  her  from 
enjoying  life,  social  or  official,  in  all  its  modern  manifestations.  Re- 
fined by  nature  and  cultured  by  her  own  training  she  has  won  her 
place  in  public  and  private  life  through  the  influence  of  her  own 
poised  personality.  To  associate  with  her,  intimately,  was  a  precious 
privilege. 


THEIR    MONEY    MOON 
By  Caroline  Westover 

"I  can't  make  it  any  different,"  sighed  Louise,  as  she  laid  down 
her  fountain  pen.  "The  coal  is  necessary,  and,  of  course,  we  need 
flour,  so  I  can't  get  any  money  from  that  section." 

Louise  Gregory  was  a  little  woman  of  the  "fluffy"  type,  who 
had  kept  her  youthful  vigor,  even  though  she  had  been  married  ten 
years.  She  had  taught  the  Domestic  Art  courses  at  the  Granger  high 
school  before  she  was  married.  It  was  at  this  time  she  had  met  Walter 
Gregory,  who  was  just  starting  his  law  practice.  The  future  seemed 
bright  enough  at  the  time,  but  as  the  years  had  passed  little  Walter, 
Jr.,  and  Mary,  had  come  to  bless  their  home  and  Louise's  cares  and 
anxieties  were  increased.  The  modest  income  was  stretched  until  it 
had  nearly  reached  the  breaking  point.  Like  all  happy  couples  there 
had  been  air  castles  and  dreams  of  the  future  time  when  they  would 
own  their  own  "modern  home"  and  maybe  a  "fliv,"  but  it  had 
finally  been  a  dream  of  just  home  and  maybe  a  second-hand  car,  but  of 
late  the  dreams  hadn't  even  been  discussed. 

On  this  particular  day,  Louise  was  working  on  her  budget, 
scheming  and  planning  over  every  cent  as  every  home-making  wife 

does. 

"Yes,  Mary  must  have  new  shoes,  and  I — no,  I  can  wait  a  little 
longer  for  my  new  suit.      If  Walter's  cases  would  only  be  paying 

ones." 

She  studied  the  row  of  figures  and  then  got  up  with  a  look  of 
mingled  despair  and  disgust  on  her  face. 

"This  will  never  do,"  she  scolded  herself,  "I  waste  more  time  on 


1178  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

that  old  budget  than  it  deserves,  and  the  living  room  needs  dusting. 
But  all  the  polish  is  gone  so  it  will  be  a  dry  dusting  this  time.  I 
wonder  if  every  housewife  has  troubles  like  mine?" 

While  she  went  about  her  dusting,  a  frown  grew  on  her  face. 
Her  soft  brown  eyes  were  pensive  in  heavy  thoughts,  when  all-of-a- 
sudden  she  stopped.  "I  wonder  if  I  could  really  do  it?  Oh,  wouldn't 
it  be  fun,  and  wouldn't  Walt  be  surprised!" 

Louise's  face  had  undergone  a  wonderful  change.  With  the  smile 
in  her  eyes  and  her  chin  squared  with  determination  to  accomplish 
something,  she  looked  like  her  old  self. 

"Yes,  I  will  try  it.  But  if  I  do,  I  must  go  shopping  imme- 
diately and  get  things  started." 

Louise  hurriedly  put  on  her  little  gingham  street  dress  and  started 
for  the  down-town  shopping  district.  At  the  neighbor's  she  asked  a 
young  girl  to  run  over  and  look  after  the  children  until  she  returned. 

At  the  department  store  she  entered  and,  going  to  the  dry  goods 
department,  she  made  a  small  purchase.  Going  to  another  store  she 
made  another  and  soon  she  had  her  list  of  articles  in  her  arms.  Her 
smile  and  determined  attitude  attracted  the  attention  of  more  than 
one  clerk  that  day. 

When  Walter,  Sr.,  arrived  at  his  home  that  evening  he  greeted 
his  wife  with  the  usual,  "How  goes  it,  Kitten?"  But  his  attention 
was  drawn  to  a  new  trick  of  Walter,  Jr's.,  and  he  failed  to  notice  the 
bright  color  in  his  wife's  cheeks  or  the  note  of  excitement  in  her  voice. 
He  adored  his  wife  and  kiddies  and  his  every  effort  was  made  for  them. 
So  many  years  of  medium  success  in  his  profession  had  helped  to 
dampen  his  youthful  enthusiasm.  What  clients  he  had  had  was  of 
the  middle  working  classes  who  could  not  afford  to  pay  their  lawyers 
"handsome  prices." 

That  evening  passed  as  usual,  the  children  were  put  to  bed, 
Louise  sat  with  her  basket  of  weekly  mending,  her  fingers  kept  busy 
but  her  eyes  darted  to  the  corner  cupboard  where  the  purchases  of 
the  day  lay  concealed.  Walter  was  studying  his  law  books,  in  hopes 
that  some  day  he  could  use  his  knowledge  and  advance  himself  by 
his  own  merits  in  the  estimation  of  the  public. 

The  next  day  after  the  morning  duties  were  over,  and  the  chil- 
dren at  play  on  the  front  porch,  Louise  took  her  packages  from  their 
hiding  place.  She  snipped  and  sewed  all  morning,  working  in  fever- 
ish haste.  That  afternoon  she  had  as  a  result  a  neat  pile  of  cylindrical 
bundles.  From  each  came  a  pleasing  odor  that  one  always  associates 
with  dustless  rooms.  Louise  surveyed  her  work  with  ill-concealed 
pride,  then  slipped  them  all  into  her  shopping  bag.  She  was  look- 
ing forward  with  keen  appreciation  for  the  next  day. 

Tom  Pierce,  manager  of  the  five-and-ten-cent  notion  store  was 
known  as  the   "cub  bear,"   grizzly-looking  but  harmless.      He  was  a 


THEIR  MONEY  MOON  1179 

rough-spoken  man,  but  those  who  knew  him  well  enough  to  call 
him  "Tom"  could  see  the  gentle  smile  in  his  eyes  that  belied  the 
sterner  expression  of  his  mouth.  He  had  made  the  reputation  of  being 
a  square  man;  he  expected  the  best  and  gave  the  best  always. 

This  particular  morning  he  was  engaged  in  checking  up  some  of 
his  secretary's  reports.  They  weren't  satisfactory,  it  was  apparent,  as 
a  deep  wrinkle  appeared  over'  his  eyes.  The  door  was  opened  and  the 
office  boy  announced, 

"Lady  to  see  you,  sir." 

"I  told  you  that  I  wasn't  to  be  disturbed  this  morning." 

"I  know,  sir,  but  she  insists  that  her  business  is  very  important." 

"O,  very  well,"  resignedly,   "show  her  up  in  a  hurry." 

It  wasn't  a  minute  before  Louise  entered  looking  very  prim  and 
fresh  in  her  gingham  dress. 

"Please  be  brief,  madam.  I  have  no  time  to  spare  on  unimport- 
ant details,"  all  but  growled  Mr.  Pierce. 

"Yes,  sir,  I  will,  as  this  is  a  busy  season  for  housewives  as  well 
as  merchants,"  she  smiled  at  him. 

"Yes,  yes,  but  what  has  that  got  to  do  with  this  interview? 
Please  proceed  on  your  business." 

"Oh,  but  that  is  the  main  point  in  my  argument,"  she  insisted. 
"You  see  this  is  the  spring  cleaning  season  and  I  have  something  here 
that  I  should  like  you  to  introduce  in  one  of  your  departments  and 
sell  for  me." 

She  opened  her  bag  and  emptied  the  contents  of  sweet  smelling 
bundles  on  the  desk  in  front  of  him. 

He  looked  at  the  scattered  bundles  in  perplexed  silence.  She 
continued,  "These  are  articles  that  housewives  will  use  in  limitless 
numbers — if  we  show  them  their  need  for  it,  and  the  economy  in 
buying  them.  The  only  two  things  that  can  convince  any  woman 
and  make  her  a  steady  customer.     I  believe  we  can  do  all  this." 

A  smile  appeared  in  his  eye,  he  was  amused  at  her  audacity  in 
using  the  term  "we."  He  waved  his  hand  as  a  signal  for  her  to 
continue. 

"When  a  housewife  starts  cleaning,  as  a  general  thing  she  gets 
so  far  and  finds  she  has  forgotten  something.  Generally  it's  either 
varnish  or  polish  or  something  suitable  for  some  special  article. 
These  bundles  contain  sanitary  dust  cloths,  a  good  size  with  plenty  of 
good  standard  polish  on  each  to  shine  a  roomful  of  furniture,  and 
they  can  be  sold  cheap  enough  so  any  housewife  can  afford  a  clean 
one  for  each  room." 

"But,  I  don't  think  I'll  be  able  to  handle  them  for  you.  I 
wouldn't  be  able  to  sell  more  than  fifty  in  a  week.  That  wouldn't 
justify  the  bother,  there  would  be  no  profit  for  you  or  myself  to 
amount  to  much." 

Louise  hesitated  a  moment,  then  asked  timidly,'  "Have  you  an 
advertising  manager?" 


118',  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"Yes." 

"Couldn't  he  do  something  to  increase  sales?  Oh,  please  try.  If 
you  only  knew  how  much  it  means  to  me  to  make  a  success  of  this." 
Louise  looked  at  him  pleadingly. 

"Well,  I'll  see,"  he  said  not  unkindly.  He  touched  the  bell  but- 
ton and  when  the  office  boy  opened  the  door  he  said,  "Tell  Grayson 
to  come  here  immediately." 

It  wasn't  many  moments  until  young  Grayson  appeared. 

"Now  tell  him  what  you  have  told  me,"  said  Mr.  Pierce. 

Again  Louise  told  him  her  point  of  view  concerning  the  little 
bundles.  Grayson  listened  attentively  then  slapped  his  knee  with 
enthusiasm. 

"Oh,  boy,  but  I  could  make  a  stunning  adv.  on  that,  using  her 
forgetful  housewife  idea.  Why  we  could  make  a  special  day  of  it 
to  begin  with.     We  could  sell  thousands." 

Louise's  face  lighted  up  again,  "In  that  case  I  would  have  to 
work  a  week  to  get  ready  for  the  first  sale."  She  laughed  a  little. 
"Oh,  say  you  will  try  it,  Mr.  Pierce." 

"Sure,  sure,"  he  said,  "we  will  give  it  a  trial  a  week  from 
Monday.     That  will  give  you  plenty  of  time  to  prepare." 

Louise  could  only  nod  dumbly  as  she  gathered  up  her  belong- 
ings.    "Thank  you,"  was  all  she  could  say  as  she  hurriedly  left. 

She  ordered  her  material,  then  hurried  home  to  put  it  out  of 
sight  before  Walter,  Sr„  came  home. 

The  week  preceding  the  Monday  sale  was  a  busy  one  for  Louise. 
She  was  so  busy  and  so  interested  that  her  little  home  showed  signs  of 
neglect  which  was  very  unusual.  One  evening  as  Walter,  Sr.,  was 
glancing  through  the  evening  paper  before  starting  his  studying,  he 
remarked  carelessly,  "Going  to  be  another  big  sale  at  the  Notion  store. 
Prepared  Dustless  Dusters  for  the  women  who  forget.  Keep  them  on 
hand,  it  says.  Huh!  We  sure  need  some  around  here.  I  could  write 
my  name  on  any  chair  in  this  room  right  now.  Better  get  some, 
Kitten,  they  seem  to  be  cheap,  too." 

He  didn't  see  the  startled  look  that  came  to  her  face,  but  it 
changed  into  a  queer  little  smile  and  she  said  nothing. 

Finally  the  big  day  came.  Louise  had  gone  to  town  on  Satur- 
day to  make  arrangements  to  have  her  week's  work  taken  down.  On 
all  sides  signs  met  her  eyes.  "The  Wonderful  Dustless  Dusters." 
"You  can't  afford  to  waste  time;  buy  Dustless  Dusters."  "Keep  the 
family  happy  with  Dustless  Dusters."  As  she  hurried  along  she  filled 
with  excitement. 

"If  they  would  only  sell  as  Grayson  suggested  I  wouldn't  need 
to  worry  so  much  over  that  old  budget." 

Monday  evening  when  Walter,  Sr.,  came  home  there  was  some- 
thing unusual  in  the  bright  smile  on  his  face.  He  kissed  his  wife  in 
the  old  happy  way  as  he  explained  his  joyousness. 


THEIR  MONEY  MOON  1181 

"My  big  case  has  come  at  last,  Kitten,  and  the  future  starts  to 
look  brighter." 

"What  do  you  mean?"  asked  Louise  cautiously. 

"You  know  the  big  sale  that  came  off  today.  It  was  some  sale, 
I'll  say.  The  walks  were  lined  with  women  waiting  for  a  turn  at 
those  Dustless  Dusters.  The  little  boy  of  A.  T.  Welton's  was  run- 
ning across  the  street  when  a  car  knocked  him  down.  I  happened  to 
be  passing  and  stopped  to  see  the  cause  of  the  excitement.  The  boy 
was  quite  seriously  hurt,  but  the  driver  didn't  stop  the  car.  Of 
course,  there  will  be  a  case,  maylbe  a  big  one  and  as  luck  would  have 
it,  I  was  there  and  Mrs.  W.  made  an  appointment  for  me  to  see  her 
husband  about  the  case.  I  went  to  his  office  and  he  turned  it  over 
to  me." 

"Who  knows  but  what  it  may  be  the  means  of  your  getting 
some  of  the  bigger  cases  here,  or  may  even  lead  to  a  permanent  po- 
sition as  district  attorney.  Mr.  Welton  is  such  an  influential  man," 
Louise  responded  heartily. 

"And  all  on  account  of  those  Dustless  Dusters.  I'll  warrant 
Tom  Pierce  took  in  a  goodly  sum  of  money  today.  It  has  been  the 
cause  of  our  good  fortune,  too.     Why,  what's  wrong. now,  Louise?" 

Louise  had  sat  down  and  was  laughing  hysterically.  A  knock 
sounded  at  the  door  and  Mr.  Thomas  Pierce  entered.  When  he  saw 
Walt  he  stretched  out  his  hand. 

"Mr.  Gregory,  I  wish  to  congratulate  you  on  having  one  of  the 
cleverest,  pluckiest  little  women  for  a  wife  that  I  have  ever  met.  I 
have  brought  her  a  check  for  one  hundred  dollars  for  the  Dustless 
Dusters  we  sold  for  her,  and  I  want  her  to  sign  a  contract  to  make 
more  and  for  us  exclusively.  If  you  have  any  more  such  inspirations 
come  to  me  and  I  will  give  you  my  support." 

He  handed  Louise  the  check  and  with  a  friendly  "good  day" 
was  gone  leaving  Walter  stunned  with  surprise.  Taking  his  wife 
again  into  his  arms,  he  said,  "I  didn't  know  I  had  such  a  clever  little 
wife.  From  all  indications  it  appears  that  our  Money  Moon  has 
started  to  shine  at  last,  dear,  and  our  dreams  may  come  true  yet." 

"Yes  Walter,   but  it  has  been  the  spirit  of  unselfish  love  and 
work  that  has  caused  it  to  shine." 
Provo,  Utah 


Index  for  Volume  27 

For  those  of  our  subscribers  who  desire  to  bind  the  Improvement 
Era,  Volume  27,  closing  with  this  number,  we  have  prepared  an 
elaborate  index  which  will  be  sent  free  upon  application  to  all  who 
apply.     Send  a  postal  card  giving  your  name  and  address. 


Editors  (Table 


The  Right  Attitude 

The  value  of  the  gospel  lies  in  its  giving  us  the  right  attitude 
towards  life.  It  affords  us  a  broad  vision  and  unfolds  the  future. 
It  places  what  we  ordinarily  consider  big,  everyday  problems  in  their 
relative  position  in  the  scheme  of  things,  and  gives  us  a  clear  view 
of  greater  ones.  Apparently  big  problems  thus  become  smaller  and  of 
less  value  than  the  really  greatest  problem — the  salvation  of  our  souls. 

Some  of  us  are  inclined  to  regard  what  we  do  in  the  work  of  the 
world  as  of  more  importance  than  our  own  souls.  We  often  put  aside 
the  great  purposes  to  obtain  possession  of  the  small  objects  of  life. 
We  miss  the  right  attitude.  Eternal  life  is  the  greatest  gift  of  God 
to  man.  But  instead  of  living  so  that  we  may  gain  eternal  life,  often 
in  the  hurly-burly  of  the  daily  grind,  we  cease  thinking  about  our  own 
immortality  and  look  to  the  temporal  works  of  our  own  little  day  as 
of  greater  consequence  than  our  own  souls.  We  argue  that  to  make 
this  end  or  that  end,  the  immediate  results  of  our  daily  tasks  are  first 
and  foremost,  and  frequently  these  prevent  us  from  living  so  that  we 
may  gain  the  big  reward  of  temporal  existence — eternal  life. 

What  is  eternal  life?  The  Lord  Jesus  answered  the  question: 
"And  this  is  life  eternal,  that  they  might  know  thee  the  only  true  God 
and  Jesus  Christ  whom  thou  hast  sent."  It  behooves  us  to  think 
a  little  more  seriously  upon  this  declaration  of  the  Christ  when  we 
are  engaged  in  our  arduous  daily  tasks.  For  the  thought  will  lighten 
their  humdrum  and  give  rest  to  those  who  labor  and  are  heavy  laden. 

How  shall  we  know  God?  Again  the  Scriptures  are  plain: 
Ask  to  know  him.  That  is  very  simple  and  as  little  as  one  can  do. 
The  young  people  of  the  Church  have  pointed  out  the  way  in 
the  slogan:  "We  stand  for  divine  guidance  through  individual  and 
family  prayer."  One  must  have  faith  in  God,  however,  to  ask.  Jesus 
declared:  "All  things  whatsoever  ye  shall  ask  in  prayer,  believing,  ye 
shall  receive."  Let  us  go,  therefore,  to  God  in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ,  believing  that  he  is,  and  that  he  is  a  rewarder  of  those  who 
diligently  seek  him,  and  if  we  do  this  the  promise  is:  "Whatsoever 
things  ye  desire,  ye  shall  have  them."  That  is  a  direct  and  emphatic 
promise;  let  us  have  faith  to  try. 

If  we  ask  in  faith  to  know  God  he  will  surely  ere  long  manifest 
himself  unto  us.  Once  having  learned  to  know  him,  we  will  de- 
light in  keeping  his  commandments  and  doing  his  will.  We  are  then 
engaged  in  the  works  of  righteousness.  This  will  bring  peace  to  us 
in  this  world  and  eternal  life  in  the  world  to  come.     It  will  place  the 


EDITORS'  TABLE  1183 

mind  in  the  right  attitude  and  cause  the  person  to  look  with  greater 
interest,  and  to  place  more  importance,  upon  the  essentials  that  lead 
to  immortality  and  the  salvation  of  his  soul  than  upon  the  petty 
temporalities  of  daily  toil  in  which  he  reaches  out  only  for  the  speedily 
passing  things  of  the  world:  "Let  us,  therefore,  come  boldly  unto 
the  throne  of  grace,  that  we  may  obtain  mercy,  and  find  grace  to 
help  at  the  time  of  need." — A. 


A  Praiseworthy  Achievement 

The  slogan,  "We  stand  for  a  sacred  Sabbath  and  a  weekly  half 
holiday,"  was  adopted  by  the  M.  I.  A.  ten  years  ago,  and  all  the 
organizations  and  communities  who  have  practiced  it  have  obtained 
splendid  results  and  benefits  therefrom. 

A  striking  illustration  comes  from  Brigham  City,  in  a  report 
of  the  recent  victory  of  the  Brigham  City  baseball  team,  who  won 
the  first  place  in  the  Intermountain  Baseball  Tournament  held  at 
Ogden,,  Utah,  August  27  to  September  2. 

At  this  tournament  there  were  fourteen  teams  entered,  teams 
which  were  among  the  best  in  Utah,  Idaho,  Wyoming  and  California. 
The  Brigham  City  team,  made  up  of  local  boys,  met  and  defeated 
the  Evanston  team  on  the  first  day  with  a  score  of  7-6.  In  the  second 
round  they  defeated  the  Malad  team,  8-3.  The  third  game  was  played 
with  the  Tremonton  team,  and  the  Brigham  boys  won  with  a  score 
of  8-0. 

The  Sacramento  team  was  picked  at  the  start  to  win  the  tourna- 
ment, but  the  "Brigham  Peaches"  delivered  the  goods  4-1.  This 
Brigham  team  is  made  up  of  the  following:  C.  C.  Watkins,  catcher 
and  manager;  Lloyd  Keller,  Jess  Keller,  D.  K.  Murphy,  Dewey  Soren- 
son,  pitchers:  Ott  Williams,  F.  B.;  A.  H.  Archibald,  S.  B.;  Earl  Facer, 
S.  S.;  Howard  Eliason,  T.  B.;  Hal  Egbert,  Norm  Watkins,  J.  Varney 
and  Karl  Ward,  outfielders. 

These  boys,  we  are  told,  through  consistent  work  and  a  fine 
pitching  staff,  had  no  trouble  after  the  first  game  in  taking  first  place, 
winning  a  prize  of  $750,  a  silver  cup,  and  a  gold  baseball  for  each 
player.  The  success  of  the  "Brigham  Peaches"  speaks  well  for  a 
local  team  that  has  played  all  summer  together  without  a  salary  and 
with  poor  support  from  the  public. 

We  are  informed,  furthermore,  that  Brigham  City  has  heretofore 
paid  as  high  as  $3,000  per  month  for  imported  players  and  in  some 
cases  men  without  much  character.  This  summer  the  above  named 
boys,  born  and  reared  of  goodly  parents  in  that  part  of  the  state,  have 
demonstrated  that  they  can  do  things,  and  have  besides  provided  a 
better  environment  for  the  national  game.  At  the  same  time  they 
have  kept  Brigham  City  free  from  Sunday  ball  playing.     That  is  a 


1184  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

splendid  recommend  and  a  wonderful  performance  which  the  boys 
in  other  towns  of  Utah  and  the  surrounding  states  may  well  pattern 
after.  Why  not,  as  they  have  done,  make  good  with  the  M.  I.  A.  slogan: 
"We  stand  for  a  sacred  Sabbath  and  a  weekly  half  holiday,"  and  thus 
support  the  national  game  and  our  local  talent?  The  praiseworthy 
achievement  of  the  Brigham  City  boys  is  a  guarantee  that  it  can  be 
done,  and  well  done. — A. 


Love  The  Remedy 

Look  at  the  glory  of  a  rose-pink  sunrise;  listen  to  the  little  birds 
waking  and  calling  to  their  mates;  watch  the  leaves  moving  and 
flashing  their  dew  diamonds;  notice  the  misty  gray  cloud  shadows 
tempering  the  glare  of  the  mid-day  sun.  Any  of  the  thousand  magic 
performances  of  Nature  will  banish  the  bad  taste  from  your  brain 
with  only  the  slightest  effort  on  your  part.  When  once  your  brain 
is  swept  clean,  it  lies  wholly  within  yourself  to  keep  it  clean. 

When  one  loves,  one  works.  When  one  works,  one  is  happy. 
When  one  is  happy,  one  has  charity.  When  one  has  love  and  hap- 
piness and  charity,  there  are  no  empty  rooms  in  the  brain  for  the 
storage  of  a  bad  taste. — D.  C.  Retsloff,  San  Diego,  Calif. 


Day  and  Night 


Friends  are  the  sunlight  of  your  earth. 

They  bless  your  harvest  wheat, 
Your  marygolds  and  hollyhocks 

And  things  that  people  eat; 

Make  jewels  flash,  light  dusty  roads, 
Show  cobwebs,  gates,  and  bars; 

While  solitude  hides  all  these  things 
And  shows  you  just  the  stars. 

Anna  Musser. 


Reverie 

Alone  with  my  dreams  in  the  afterglow 

Of  a  golden  sunset  by  the  sea; 
And  the  evening  wind  that  whispers  low 

Sweetens  the  song  of  my  memory. 

A  home  in  the  hills,  where  the  fragrant  pines 
Soothe  the  dying  day  with  their  lullaby, 

A   radiant  youth  whose  heart  divines 
The  love  of  a  maid  in  her  downcast  eye. 

A   lover's   kiss  and  a  plighted   vow, 

With  a  star  for  a  witness  overhead — 
Ah,  sad  is  the  song  of  the  sea  wind  now, 

For  I  dream  alone  of  a  dream  that's  dead. 
Price,  Utah.  LEO  W.  ALLEN. 


cJHutual  Work 


First  Ward  Brigham  Achieves  Honor 

The  First  ward  of  Brigham  City  remitted  for  thirty-one  annual  sub- 
scribers for  the  Improvement  Era  for  Volume  28,  the  remittance  and  list 
of  subscribers  arriving  at  the  office  on  September  15.  The  First  ward 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  of  Brigham  City,  Utah,  with  a  population  of  608,  thus 
becomes  the  first  ward  in  the  Church  to  make  payment  in  advance  for 
the  required  number  of  subscriptions.  There  is  a  prospect  of  several  more 
subscriptions  to  be  obtained  for  this  year.  We  congratulated  the  officers 
of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  upon  this  achievement,  and  trust  that  there  will  be 
many  wards  in  the  Church  that  will  promptly  follow  their  example.  Thank 
you.  Their  action  is  highly  appreciated  by  the  General  Board  and  by 
the  editors  and  management  of  the  Improvement  Era. 

The  Scouts  and  the  Church 

It  is  designed  that  every  scout  in  a  Church  troop  shall  regard  his  scout 
program  as  a  service  and  privilege  coming  to  him  from  his  Church,  as  well 
as  through  it, — a  service  for  which  he  owes  a  debt  of  loyalty  to  the  Church. 

The  scout  program  is  not  without  the  religious  element.  It  stresses 
the  importance  of  religion,  and  it  will  insist  that  every  scout  shall  have  his 
religious  life  cared  for.  There  is  only  one  way  to  do  this,  in  a  movement 
which  embraces  all  religions, — that  is  to  place  the  responsibility  on  each 
religious  group  to  care  for  the  religious  education  of  its  own  boy  scouts. 

The  failure  of  Church  troops  to  function  to  the  satisfaction  of  Church 
leaders  may  be  traced  to  very  definite  causes: 

1 .  Failure  to  give  careful  attention  to  selection  of  scout  leaders. 

2.  Scoutmasters  who  have  no  relation  to  the  inside  Church  program 

3.  Inactive  troop  committee  who  permit  the  scoutmaster  to  carry  on 
as  he  pleases,  even  though  in  conflict  with  the  Church  program  of  religious 
education. 

4.  Starting  off  with  a  large  group  of  boys  which  no  one  could  con- 
trol. The  undisciplined  group  soon  degenerates  into  a  worse  group  and 
breaks  up  the  furnishings.  (Caution — begin  with  eight  to  ten  boys,  train 
thoroughly,  expand  slowly.) 

5.  Appropriating  the  troop  meeting  room  for  other  purposes. 

6.  Neglect  of  the  out-door  program. 

7.  Failure  to  tie  up  the  troop  "good  turn"  to  the  Church  program 
of  service  in  the  community. 

Why  Honor  Father  and  Mother? 

The  Granite  stake  M.  I.  A.  convention,  evening  session,  was  held  in 
the  Richards  ward  meetinghouse  on  Sunday,  August  31,  1924.  In  pre- 
senting the  slogan,  Elder  George  H.  Budd  gave  ten  reasons  why  Latter-day 
Saints  should  honor  their  fathers  and  mothers.  After  having  repeated  the 
slogan:  "We  stand  for  the  commandment:  Honor  thy  father  and  thy 
mother,"  he  read  the  ten  reasons  as  follows: 

First,  Because  I  am  indebted  to  them  for  life  with  its  great  possibilities. 

Second,  Because  in  consequence  of  their  sacrifices  and  sufferings,  opportunity 
for  expansion   in   mortality  has  come   to  me. 

Third.  Because,  by  and  through  their  loving  kindness,  all  mortal  joy  has  been 
increased   and   all  mortal   suffering   has   been   relieved. 


1186  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Four.  Because  father  and  mother  stand  as  the  connecting  link  between  the 
mortal  and  spiritual  of  me. 

Fifth.  Because  their  love  lives  when  all  else  dies  and  I  am  left  alone,  except 
for  the  undying  love  of  father  and  mother. 

Sixth.  Because  without  them  mortality  would  not  have  been,  and  eternity  with 
all  its  glory  would  have  been  denied  me. 

Seventh.  Because  the  purity  of  their  lives  gave  me  a  sound  body  and  pure 
blood,  in  consequence  of  which  I  have  escaped  many  of  the  ills  common  to  humanity. 

Eighth.  Because  the  faith  they  have  had  in  God  has  inspired  in  me  a  desire 
to   know  God. 

Ninth.  Because  their  devotion  to  principle  and  truth  has  awakened  in  my  soul 
a  determination  to  stand  by  and  live  for  that  which  is  true  and  if  necessary  to  die 
for  principle. 

Tenth.  Because  through  their  obedience  to  the  gospel  I  have  been  born  heir 
to  the  Priesthood,  with  all  its  powers  and  privileges,  the  greatest  blessing  that  could 
come  to  me  in  life. 

"Shinny, "The  Favorite  Sport  of  Uintah  Indian 

Women 

(See  Frontispiece  for  Illustration) 

"Squaw  Shinny"  it's  called  by  some  of  the  whites,  to  distinguish  this 
out-door  pastime  of  Indian  women.  But  it  is  just  the  old  game  of  "shinny," 
familiar  to  all  who  ever  swung  a  crooked  stick  at  a  ball  or  a  tomato  can. 

At  Ft.  Duchesne,  during  the  recent  Industrial  Convention,  a  game  of 
"Squaw  Shinny"  attracted  a  great  deal  of  attention  and  for  an  hour  furnished 
a  crowd  of  more  than  two  thousand  whites  with  rare  entertainment,  not 
to  say  amusement. 

Without  removing  even  their  shawls,  these  women  entered  into  the 
spirit  of  the  game  with  a  vim  suggesting  that  they  not  only  know  the  game 
but  get  a  real  "kick"  out  of  playing  it. 

It  was  a  surprise  to  many  spectators  to  see  with  what  agility  the 
players  moved  about  the  field,  running  and  swinging  their  shinny  sticks  with 
startling  accuracy. 

There  was  some  talking,  too,  but  of  course  what  was  said  remains  a 
secret  to  most  spectators.     Perhaps,   the   "squaws"   were  calling  signals! 

As  for  smiles,  there  were  plenty  of  them,  showing  that  Indians  are  not 
always  the  staid,  emotionless  folk  they  are  ordinarily  believed  to  be. — 
P.  V.  Cordon. 

The  M.  I.  A.  Band  and  Orchestra 

The  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  of  Granite  stake,  prior  to  the  recent  division  of 
the  stake,  at  the  May  officers  meeting,  decided  to  organize  a  band  and 
orchestra,  so  the  organization  embraces  both  Grant  and  Granite  stake  and 
there  are  some  members  who  live  in  Liberty  stake.  It  was  decided  not  to 
have  boundary  lines,  but  to  take  in  any  and  all  boys  who  applied  for 
membership  regardless  of  the  ward  or  stake  to  which  they  belonged  and  non- 
members  of  the  Church  were  welcomed  into  the  organization.  The  band 
started  with  67  members,  and  has  grown  now  to  265  members,  including 
band  and  orchestra,  and  many  new  members  are  coming  in  at  the  present  time. 
George  H.  Budd  was  chosen  president,  Arnold  Bergener  band  master,  and 
Walter  Burgener,   orchestra  leader. 

In  June  the  membership  grew  to  150  and  reached  its  present  number 
early  in  July.  A  few  of  the  members  had  previous  musical  instruction,  but 
most  of  them  were  raw  recruits,  and  the  progress  they  have  made  is  little 
short   of    marvelous.      At    Granite    stake    annual    excursion    to    Lagoon    the 


o  n 


a  o 


1188  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

band  made  its  first  public  appearance  and  were  received  with  much  enthusiasm. 
The  Bamberger  Railroad  Company  and  the  Lagoon  resort  people  furnished 
transportation,  and  the  M.  I.  A.  gave  the  members  a  spread  that  made  their 
hearts  rejoice. 

The  band  has  also  given  two  open-air  concerts  at  Sugar  House  Park 
where  hundreds  of  people  gathered  and  cheered. 

At  the  State  Capitol  on  Sunday,  August  10,  an  open  air  concert  was 
given  and  the  grounds  were  filled  with  people  and  many  expressed  them- 
selves as  surprised  that  an  organization  so  recently  brought  into  existence, 
and  especially  made  up  of  children  of  such  tender  years,  and  without  previous 
training,  could  produce  music  so  acceptable. 

A  number  of  state  officials,  stake  and  General  M.  I.  A.  Board  members 
who  have  gone  out  of  their  way  to  attend  some  of  these  concerts  on  practice 
nights  have  gone  on  record  as  boosters  for  this  enterprise  and  have  ex- 
pressed themselves  as  convinced  that  it  is  one  of  the  greatest  movements  yet 
started  among  boys  and  girls  of  the  M.   I.  A. 

The  organization  is  to  be  permanent,  it  has  definite  aims,  has  been 
enthusiastically  received  by  the  bishops  of  wards  where  headquarters  for 
the  several  divisions  have  been  established  and  much  good  is  expected  to 
result  both  to  the  wards  and  the  stakes. 

Fathers  and  Sons  Take  Outing 

On  August  5,  a  company  of  about  sixty,  consisting  principally  of 
boys  between  the  ages  of  seven  and  fifteen,  started  from  Blanding,  on  horses 
and  in  wagons  for  the  Blue  Mountain  on  a  "Fathers  and  Sons'  Outing." 
Ward  president  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  George  Hurst,  had  the  business  in 
charge,  and  was  ably  assisted  by  Scout  Master  Philip  Hurst.  Various  com- 
panies started  at  different  hours  of  the  forenoon  and  climbed  by  four  routes 
to  the  mountain,  assembling  at  Jackson's  Camp  at  four  in  the  afternoon.  The 
camping  place  was  still  three  or  four  miles  away  on  a  summit  of  the  moun- 
tain, and  to  be  reached  by  hard  climbing.  The  pack  outfits  stood  ready  to 
go,  but  the  four-horse  loads  of  three  wagons  had  to  be  lashed  on  the  backs 
of  the  work  horses,  and  a  man  or  boy  had  to  ride  on  top  of  each  pack 
supporting  a  grub-box  in  front  of  him.  Following  the  trails  made  by  the 
Forest  Service,  they  climbed  to  the  sharp  backbone  between  the  Johnson 
creek  and  the  Indian  creek  water  sheds,  and  headed  westward,  with  dark 
depth  of  forest  on  the  steep  slopes  down  from  them  to  the  north,  and  waving 
grass  on  the  steep  slopes  to  the  south. 

They  stopped  at  Ducket's  mine,  on  the  edge  of  a  great  grove  of  spruce 
trees,  hobbling  the  horses  in  tall  grass  near  by.  Away  below  in  the  prairie 
to  the  south,  they  could  distinguish  the  town  of  Blanding,  surrounded  by  its 
checker-board  of  fields.  From  their  camp-fires  they  discovered  what  ap- 
peared to  be  a  constellation  of  stars  below  the  sky-line,  but  it  was  the  street- 
lights of  the  home  town.  On  the  6th  they  hiked  to  the  high  peaks  on  the 
west  end  of  the  mountain,  getting  a  wonderful  view  of  the  naked  regions 
along  the  course  of  the  Colorado  river,  and  looking  over  hazy  stretches  of 
territory  in  Utah,  Arizona,  New  Mexico  and  Colorado.  Below  them  on  the 
west  yawned  Canyon  Twerto,  from  which  bears  come  up  every  summer 
hunting  ripe  berries,  but  also  working  destruction  among  herds  of  sheep, 
and  inspiring  terror  in  the  hearts  of  the  Mexican  herders  who  make  their 
camps  on  the  distant  peaks  and  in  places  of  safety  far  from  where  they  tend 
their  flocks  in  the  daylight.  Roy  Mussleman  caught  three  of  these  creatures, 
in  1923,  but  his  wolf  traps  could  not  hold  them,  and  they  are  still  at  large. 
Returning  from  the  hike  early  in  the  afternoon,  old  and  young  joined  in 
different  games  till  after  supper,  when  they  collected  around  one  big  fire 
and  Richard  W.  McAllister  led  in  special  songs,  and  Stake  President  Wayne 


MUTUAL  WORK 


1189 


H.  Redd,  and  one  of  his  counselors,   told  the  boys  stories  about  early  days 
in  San  Juan. 

After  breakfast  on  the  morning  of  the  7th  all  hands  returned  to  Jack- 
son's Camp  where  by  special  arrangement  they  went  through  the  stamp  mill 
while  it  was  running,  and  then  up  to  watch  the  miners  work  in  the  gold 
mines  in  the  mountain  side  above  it.  After  dinner  they  headed  down  the 
country  for  Blanding,  and  their  enthusiastic  yells  in  the  streets  announced 
their  arrival  in  the  early  evening.  The  fathers,  too,  were  enthusiastic,  and 
fully  convinced  that  men  who  send  their  sons  on  an  outing  instead  of  going 
with  them,  are  making  a  mistake,  and  missing  a  great  opportunity. — Albert 
R.   Lyman,  Blanding,   Utah. 

A  Fourteen  Mile  Hike  to  the  Grandaddy  Lakes 

It  is  only  a  few  years  since  we  first  heard  about  the  Grandaddy  lakes, 
in  the  Uintah  mountains.  We  had  heard  that  parties  made  pack  train  trips 
there  every  summer,  but  could  get  no  detailed  information  from  anyone  we 
knew.      Late  one  afternoon  in  June,  my  father,  brother  and  myself,  started 


First   View  of  Grandaddy   Lake  Basin 

for  as  near  as  we  could  get  to  the  head  of  the  Provo  River,  with  our 
Ford  bug,  a  region  close  to  the  Grandaddy  lakes.  Above  Woodland  we  came 
to  Pine  Valley.  Here  we  left  the  river  and  followed  a  good  road  up  South 
Fork  and  towards  the  east. 

From  a  sheepherder  we  learned  that  this  road  led  up  over  the  divide 
and  down  Wolf  Creek  canyon.  White  patches  of  snow  could  be  faintly 
seen  under  the  black  forest  on  the  hill-sides.  We  traveled  several  miles 
before  we  could  find,  in  the  dark,  a  level  place  large  enough  for  our  beds  and 
a  fire.  While  eating  supper  we  received  our  first  information  about  the 
lakes.  Two  men  with  a  lantern  from  a  nearby  sawmill,  came  over  for  a 
visit.  They  told  us  how  to  reach  Savage's  ranch,  the  starting  place  for  the 
pack  trains.  They  concluded  the  distance  was  a  "darned  long"  seven  miles. 
We  meant  to  hike  those  seven  miles  on  the  morrow,  to  see  those  beauti- 
ful lakes,  two  miles  in  height. 

Arriving  at  Savage's  ranch  about  eight  a.  m.,  we  soon  found  it  was 
to  be  harder  than  the  fourteen  mile  hike  we  had  made  as  boy  scouts.     By 


i 


'-  -      - 


P3gp 


We   Saw   the  First  Lily   Pads  on   this   Lake 

nine  o'clock  we  were  ready  to  start.  We  left  the  heavy  view  camera  and 
took  the  little  No.  1,  special,  instead.  One  carried  the  camera,  the  other 
the  vasculum  containing  the  luncheon,  to  be  used  in  return  to 
carry  botanical  specimens.  We  were  indeed  traveling  light.  Mr. 
Savage  was  still  skeptical  about  our  making  it  after  starting  so  late,  but  we 
were  fairly  sure.  Scarcely  had  we  left  camp  when  a  large  ruffed  grouse 
rushed  off  the  trail  into  the  brush  but  immediately  came  back  feigning  broken 
wings,  legs,  etc.  We  could  hear  her  brood  scurrying  off  in  the  opposite 
direction  to  which  she  was  trying  to  lead  us.  A  little  farther  up  on  the 
dusty  trail  were  the  footprints  of  a  half  grown  bear.  Spruce,  here,  began  re- 
placing the  aspen  and  Cottonwood  as  we  mounted  higher,  another  splendid 
example  of  the  short  distances  you  have  to  travel  upward  in  the  mountains 
to  pass  through  several  life  zones. 

About  half  way  up  we  came  to  the  first  bridge  that  crosses  the  creek. 
It  was  such  a  pretty  spot  that  I  stopped  to  get  a  photograph,  climbing  over 
logs  and  large  bare  stretches  of  solid  rock  under  tall  slender  spruce,  we  came 
to  two  small  lakes.  Here  we  could  see  the  rim  of  the  basin.  Then  it  was  a 
dash  to  see  who  would  get  the  first  view.  And  I  shall  never  forget 
the  thrill  I  received  at  the  first  sight  of  those  bright,  blue  lakes  set 
amidst  the  dark  forest  of  Englemann  Spruce.  We  were  at  an  altitude  of 
considerably  over  ten  thousand  feet,  which  made  us  short  winded,  but  we  were 
soon  ready  to  make  the  descent  into  the  basin. 

Establishing  ourselves  on  some  rocks  at  the  edge  of  the  largest  lake, 
we  disposed  of  our  lunch.  After  an  hour  of  resting  and  fighting  mosquitos 
we  were  ready  to  explore  for  pictures,  flowers  and  adventure.  We  next 
visited  the  lake  that  the  forest  serivce  has  named  Island  Lake.  Here  Lynn 
obtained  two  good  photographs  of  the  lake  island,  and  several  peaks  in  the 
distance.  We  had  heard  that  there  were  water  lilies  in  the  basin  and  we  were 
looking  for  them.  As  they  req  ire  quiet  and  shallow  water  we  looked 
for  the  smaller  lakes.  A  few  hundred  yards  from  the  first  lake  visited,  we 
found  another  shallow  lake,  in  the  center  of  a  very  wide  margin  of  thick 
springy  moss.  We  had  found,  probably,  the  only  place  in  our  state  where 
the  lilies  grow.  While  digging  a  few  of  the  lily  roots  we  scared  out  hun- 
dreds of  salamanders  along  the  shore.  Some  of  them  we  could  see  with  their 
heads  shoved  into  the  mud,  thinking,  if  salamanders  think,  that  they  were 


MUTUAL  WORK  1191 

hidden  from  view.  All  we  had  to  do  was  carefully  reach  down  and  grasp 
them  firmly  about  the  body  and  throw   them  out  on  the  bank. 

Returning  to  the  trail  we  finished  gathering  our  flower  specimens. 
The  basin  is  in  such  a  high-life  zone  that  the  variety  of  plant  life  is  limited. 
The  Engelmann  Spruce  is  the  only  tree  or  shrub  that  we  found.  By  far 
the  most  common  flower  was  the  Dogtooth  Violet  (Erythronium  pacvi- 
florum)  and  the  Marsh  Marygold  (Caltha  rotundifolia) .  There  were  many 
that  have  no  common  names  and  some  that  are  not  found  in  the  Wasatch 
mountains. 

On  the  way  back  to  camp  we  continued  to  gather  flowers  and  look 
at  trees.  It  was  still  early  when  we  reached  the  ranch.  We  had  made  the 
fourteen  mile  hike  in  eight  hours  and  had  spent  three  hours  exploring  the 
lakes.  Father  was  satisfied  and  Mr.  Savage  admitted  that  it  was  as  good 
as  his  horses  do.  That  night,  after  two  hours  of  fishing,  we  pulled  up  the 
blankets  over  our  tired  limbs,  satisfied  with  our  accomplishment  of  the 
day. — Homer  Wakefield,  Asst.  Scoutmaster,  Troop  6,  Provo,  Utah. 

Parowan  Stake  Fathers  and  Sons'  Outing — 
A  Glorious  Success 

One  hundred  twenty-five  fathers  and  sons  left  Cedar  City  for  the  Duck 
Creek  camping  ground,  Monday  morning,  July  14,  to  enjoy  the  most  suc- 
cessful outing  ever  held  in  Parowan  stake,  under  the  direction  of  the  Y.  M.  M. 
I.  A.  When  all  the  cars  were  parked  it  gave  the  appearance  of  a  small  city. 
Many  hikes  were  taken  and  numerous  points  visited,  namely,  the  Ice  Cave, 
Strawberry  Point,  Duck  Creek,  Cedar  Breaks,  and  Navajo  Lake.  Baseball 
games  furnished  much  entertainment  for  the  fathers  and  sons.  How- 
ever, the  sons  were  worsted  by  the  fathers.  Each  evening  a  campfire  pro- 
gram was  enjoyed,  with  singing,  speeches,  and  games.  Among  them  were 
"Personal  experiences  with  the  bear"  by  Alex  G.  Matheson;  quartette  sing- 
ing under  direction  of  Bishop  Elias  M.  Corry  and  talks  by  Leonard  Sargent 
on  "Beauties  of  Utah"  and  "See  Utah  first." 

The  Panguitch  stake  people  joined  them  the  last  evening — 148  strong 
— and  furnished  part  of  the  program.  The  numbers  given  will  long  remain  in 
the  memories  of  those  present.  The  next  day  two  very  exciting  baseball 
games  were  played,  one  between  the  fathers  of  Panguitch  and  Cedar,  in  which 
Cedar  won,  17-16.  The  other  between  the  scouts  of  these  two  places,  the 
score  being  tied,  25-25. 

Everyone  enjoyed  himself  to  the  utmost,  and  many  fathers  formed  a 
companionship  with  their  boys  that  is  not  so  prevalent  in  home  life.  Under 
the  supervision  of  Mr.  Oliver  Jensen,  the  camp  director,  Supervisor  Mace, 
and  the  scoutmasters,  the  camp  was  well  disciplined,  and  good  sportsman- 
ship prevailed  throughout.  At  sunrise  each  morning  an  impressive  flag  cere- 
mony was  held.  Ideas  for  next  year's  outing  are  already  being  worked  out, 
and  it  is  thought  to  have  Kanab,  St.  George,  Panguitch,  and  Parowan  stakes 
join  in  one  big  outing.  Everyone  present  at  this  outing  is  determined  not 
to  miss  it  next  year. — Condensed  from  report  of  /.  E.  Riddle,  Cedar  City, 
Utah. 

Boise  Stake  Outing 

At  Lake  Lowell,  on  July  16-19,  the  Boise  stake  fathers  and  sons  heid 
their  annual  outing  which  was  pronounced  "the  best  yet."  We  quote  from 
the  M.  I.  A.  Bulletin,  published  by  the  Boise  Mutuals:  "Two  whole  days, 
with  the  preceding  evening  and  following  morning  thrown  in  for  good 
measure,  were  consumed  in  fun-making  between  father  and  son."  A  hotly 
contested  baseball  game  between  fathers  and  sons  was  played  in  the  morning 
of  the  first  day  in  which  the  former  won,  12-11.  The  afternoon  was  spent 
in   swimming,   fishing,    boxing,   horseshoe   pitching  and   group   games.      "At 


Placing   food   in   the  Haangi — Fathers  and   Sons',   Boise 

6  o'clock  came  the  'haangi.'  Shortly  after  three  o'clock  some  45  chickens, 
34  dozen  ears  of  corn  and  70  pounds  of  potatoes,  were  placed  in  a  rock- 
lined  hole  (the  rocks  previously  heated)  covered  with  clean  white  cloths, 
then  burlap,  and  then  buried  under  about  six  inches  of  dirt.  When  opened 
they  were  done  to  a  turn.  Such  tender  chickens  were  never  produced  before! 
And  only  once  since — the  day  following.  This  event  was  highly  appreciated, 
and  when  'Chef  Bates  had  instructed  and  led  a  number  of  boys  in  the 
Maori  'bring  on  the  victims'-harangue  and  dance — 'haka'  the  appetites  were 
keen." 

Then  after  appropriate  flag  ceremony  the  evening  program  commenced 
which  consisted  of  songs,  stories,  instrumental  numbers  and  stunts.  The  sec- 
ond day's  program  was  practically  similar  to  the  first. 

Frank  Praetor  directed  the  activities  and  sports;  Chas.  Gambling  and 
Chas.  Borup,  the  evening  programs;  while  Fred  Dalton  and  O.  M.  Bates, 
with  Frank  Kloepfer's  culinary  artistry,  provided  for  the  inner  man. 

M.  I.  A.  Conferences  in  the  California  Mission 

A  series  of  eight  conferences  have  been  completed  in  the  California 
mission.  One  session  of  each  of  these  conferences  was  conducted  by  either 
Superintendent  Joseph  G.  Jeppson,  of  the  California  Mission  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
or  President  Lydia  A  Ekins  of  the  California  Mission  Y.  L.  M.  I.  A.  Ses- 
sions were  held  as  follows:  Arizona,  April  27,  San  Bernardino,  on  May 
17  Sacramento,  May  24,  Nevada,  May  31,  San  Diego,  June  21,  Long 
Beach,  July  12.  In  each  case  the  program  was  outlined  from  the  office  in 
Los  Angeles  and  prepared  by  the  M.  I.  A.  organizations  represented  at  these 
meetings.  The  program  consisted  generally  of  reports  of  each  organization, 
musical  numbers  furnished  by  the  M.  I.  A.,  and  talks  on  M.  I.  A.  work 
from  the  local  workers  and  also  the  visiting  mission  M.  I.  A.  officers.  At 
each  conference,  auxiliary  officers  and  teachers'  meetings  were  held  by  the 
mission  auxiliary  leaders,  and  instructions  were  given  for  the  next  six  months' 
work,  at  the  end  of  which  the  visits  will  be  repeated. 

About  twenty-eight  organizations  of  the  M.  I.  A.  were  reached  in  these 
meetings  through  their  representatives,  and  most  of  them  received  a  visit  at 
which  an  officers  and  teachers'  meeting  was  held  during  the  week  prior  or 
succeeding  these  conference  sessions. 

Each  M.  I.  A.  worked  hard  to  prepare  for  these  meetings.  We  feel 
that  with  these  opportunities  for  instruction  and  effort  put  forth  by  each 
organization  there  will  be  a  new  interest  and  enthusiasm  displayed  during 
the  next  M.  I.  A.  year,  in  this  mission — Superintendent  Joseph  G.  Jeppson. 


Mrs.  Ferguson  for  governor  is  the  choice  of  the  Democrats  of  Texas. 
Her  nomination  is  a  great  victory  for  the  anti-klan  element. 

War  was  declared,  Sept.  7,  by  General  Chang  Tso-Lin,  of  Manchuria, 
aginst  the  Pekin  government  and  Gen.  Wu-Pei-Fu,  the  military  director  of 
the  province  of  Chi  Li.  It  is  feared  that  the  conflict  will  be  long  and 
sanguinary. 

Lightning  flashes  on  Mars,  or  what  was  thought  to  be  such  flashes, 
were  observed  at  the  observatory  on  the  Jungfrau  in  Switzerland,  Aug.  24. 
Previous  observations  concerning  the  existence  of  water  and  atmosphere  were 
also  confirmed. 

Five  liners  arrived  in  New  York,  all  battered  in  a  hurricane  which 
swept  the  Atlantic  coast  on  Aug.  26.  The  Arabic  had  more  than  50  persons 
injured.  Captain  J.  Madsen,  of  the  Danish  steamer  Nordfarer,  was  reported 
as  lost,  having  been  washed  overboard  from  the  bridge. 

The  United  States  is  invited  to  participate  in  the  disarmament  de- 
liberations of  the  League  of  Nations  commission  which  is  to  be  appointed 
by  the  League  Assembly.  The  invitation  is  the  logical  outcome  of  the 
American  participation  in  the  preliminary  study  of  the  League  of  a  conven- 
tion for  the  control  of  traffic  in  arms.     The  invitation  was  declined. 

The  U.  S.  round-the-world  fliers  arrived  in  Washington,  D.  C,  Sept. 
10,  after  a  flight  of  220  miles,  from  New  York.  President  Coolidge  greeted 
them.  He  saw  in  their  journey  "a  new  record  of  achievement  in  the  domain 
of  aviation,"  and  he  recognized  that  it  was  their  skill,  perseverance,  and 
courage  that  brought  the  great  honor  to  this  country. 

Mobilization  day  was  observed  in  Salt  Lake  City  and  all  over  Utah,  as 
in  all  the  states,  by  an  evening  parade  and  display  of  military  insignia,  and  by 
speeches.  Thousands  lined  the  streets,  watching  the  various  groups  pass  by. 
Very  little  enthusiasm  was  evident  among  the  spectators,  but  the  ocassion  dem- 
onstrated that  Utah  is  always  ready  at  the  call  of  the  government. 

Locatelli,  the  Italian  aviator,  was  rescued,  Aug.  24,  by  the  U.  S. 
crusier  Richmond  in  the  Atlantic,  after  having  been  tossed  about  for  eighty- 
two  hours.  Locatelli,  with  three  companions,  left  Reykjavik  in  company 
with  the  American  round-the-world  fliers,  to  accompany  them  to  Green- 
land, but  owing  to  engine  trouble  he  was  compelled  to  light  on  the  water. 
The  Italian  government  promptly  expressed  its  gratitude  to  the  U.  S.  gov- 
ernment for  the  search  instituted  for  the  missing  men  and  the  rescue. 

Hebrew  has  now  been  made  one  of  three  official  languages  in  Palestine, 
the  other  two  being  English  and  Arabic.  The  Palestine  Weekly  of  Aug.  1 
says  95  percent  of  the  120,000  Jews  in  the  country  now  speak  Hebrew  in 
social,  commercial  and  official  intercourse,  and  a  daily  is  printed  in  that 
ancient,  venerable  language  in  Jerusalem  and  has  a  circulation  of  between 
six  and  seven  thousand.  Hebrew  has  for  two  thousand  years  been  a  "dead" 
language.  Its  resurrection  is  but  one  indication  of  the  dawning  of  the  day 
of  the  resurrection  of  the  Jewish  nation. 

Warships  were  being  hurried  to  Shanghai,  on  account  of  the  civil  war 
in  China,  and  the  United  States,  Great  Britain,  France  and  Japan  on  Sept. 
3,  advised  the  foreign  office  of  the  Chinese  government  that  no  naval  battle 
must  be  fought  in  the  Shanghai  harbor.      At  the  same  time  the  diplomats 


1194  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

assured  China,  that  their  governments  were  not  interfering  in  the  affairs 
of  that  country.  In  the  first  battle  between  the  two  provinces  Kiangsu 
and  Chekiang,  which  was  fought  Sept.  3,  500  were  reported  killed  and  over 
1,000  wounded. 

Dr.  Hubert  Samuel  Pyne  passed  away  at  Provo,  Aug.  15.  after  a 
brief  illness  caused  by  pneumonia.  He  was  born  in  Dereham,  Norfolk, 
England,  February  -12,  1862.  In  1873  the  family  came  to  Utah,  set- 
tling in  Provo.  After  having  engaged  in  the  drug  business  for  nine  years 
he  entered  the  George  Washington  university,  Washington,  D.  C,  from 
which  institution  he  was  graduated  in  1908  with  an  M.  D.  degree.  In 
church  affairs  Dr.  Pyne  was  active,  and  at  the  time  of  his  death  was  a 
member  of  the  bishopric  of  the  Provo  Fourth  ward. 

Mrs.  Anna  Helena  Anderson,  at  262  South  Second  East  Street,  Salt 
Lake  City,  celebrated  her  100th  birthday,  Sept.  8.  She  had  many  callers 
who  congratulated  her.  Among  these  were  Bishop  Heber  K.  Aldous  and  his 
counselor,  Elder  Jack,  and  Mrs.  Beatty  of  the  12-13  Ward  Relief  Society. 
Some  of  her  young  Swedish  friends  serenaded  her  in  the  evening.  Mrs. 
Anderson  was  born  in  Jonkoping,  Sweden,  Sept.  8,  1824,  and  was  baptized 
there,  May  16,  1865.  For  some  years  she  livel  in  Gothenburg,  where 
she  was  especially  interested  in  Relief  Society  work.  She  came  to  Utah 
in    1886. 

The  Fifth  Assembly  of  the  League  of  Nations  opened  at  Geneva  Sept. 
1 .  The  vast  interest  in  the  gathering  was  evidenced  by  the  messages  that 
were  brought  by  delegates  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  including  the  United 
States.  From  every  nation  came  demand  that  something  be  done  to  secure 
peace.  Former  president  Motta  of  Switzerland  was  elected  president. 
In  his  speech  of  acceptance  he  said  the  peace  of  the  world  hinges  on 
compulsory  arbitration.  The  prime  minister  of  Great  Britain,  Mr.  Mac- 
Donald,  and  the  French  premier,  M.  Heriot,  arrived  at  Geneva,  Sept.  3, 
where  they  were  greeted  with  great  enthusiasm.  Their  attendance  is  giving 
immense  strength   to    the  League. 

The  town  of  Bingham,  Utah's  famous  minig  camp,  was  threatened 
with  destruction  by  fire,  Aug.  17.  Six  families  were  made  homeless  and 
twelve  places  of  business  were  destroyed  before  the  fire  was  controlled.  The 
damage  was  estimated  at  $100,000.  Two  volunteer  firemen  were  killed 
and  one  seriously  injured  by  a  falling  wall.  The  killed  are:  Tommy 
Price  and  Harold  Anderson,  employes  of  the  copper  company.  The  fire 
originated  at  about  1  :45  a.  m.  in  the  lower  part  of  the  business  district, 
breaking  out  in  the  basement  of  the  Bougard  butcher  shop,  where  a  large 
electric  ammonia  refrigerating  plant  was  in  operation.  A  defective  fuse  is 
thought  to  have  been  the  direct  cause. 

Alfred  Best  died,  Sept.  8,  at  his  home  in  Salt  Lake  City,  after  an  illness 
of  only  six  days.  He  was  a  well  known  tenor  soloist,  and  a  teacher  of 
music,  of  more  than  average  talent.  Mr.  Best  was  a  native  of  Salt  Lake, 
born  February  12,  1877,  the  son  of  Alfred  and  Eliza  (Conk)  Best.  His 
early  education  was  received  in  the  Salt  Lake  schools,  and  while  yet  a 
youth  he  went  to  New  York  City  and  studied  voice  under  Frank  G.  Dossert. 
A  few  years  later  he  went  to  Germany,  taking  work  under  George  Ferguson 
and  Carl  Mueller,  his  vocal  talents  being  recognized  to  such  a  degree  that 
Mueller,  who  was  director  of  the  Wagnerian  festivities  at  Baireuth,  engaged 
him  before  the  American  tenor  entered  upon  a  concert  tour  of  Europe.  Mr. 
Best  is  survived  by  his  widow, Mrs.  Emma  Dean  Best,  and  three  children. 

Dr.  Ernest  Van  Cott,  dropped  dead  of  heart  failure  Aug.  27  in  Wells- 
ville  canyon,  about  fifteen  miles  from  Logan.  Dr.  Van  Vott  and  his  wife 
were   returning   by   automobile   from   a   fortnight's   tour  of  Yellowstone   na- 


PASSING  EVENTS  1195 

tional  park,  traveling  by  way  of  the  Jackson  Hole  country.  The  party 
had  been  driving  through  Wellsville  canyon  for  some  time  when  Dr.  Van 
Cott  stepped  out  of  the  machine  to  get  some  water  for  the  radiator,  and 
sank  to  the  ground  and  expired  instantly.  Dr.  Van  Cott,  who  was  a  well 
known  Salt  Lake  physician,  was  born  in  Salt  Lake  December  18,  1875, 
receiving  his  early  education  in  the  public  schols  of  this  city.  He  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Utah  in  1897,  and  received  his  M.  D. 
degree  from  Rush  medical  college,  Chicago,  in  1903,  after  which  he  came 
to  Salt  Lake,  where  he  has  since  practiced  medicine  and  surgery.  Besides 
his  widow,  Mrs.  May  Siddoway  Van  Cott,  he  is  survived  by  three  children: 
Llewellyn,  Eleanor  and  Ernest  Van  Cott,  Jr.,  and  by  several  brothers  and 
sisters. 

President  Anthony  W.  Ivins  returned,  Aug.  16,  from  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  where  he  has  inspected  the  sugar  plantation  and  visited  the  various 
branches  of  the  Church.  The  plantation  produced  during  1923  15  75  tons 
of  cane  sugar,  bringing  gross  receipts  of  approximately  $250,000.  The 
cane  is  sent  to  a  commercial  plant  in  Hawaii,  where  it  is  converted  into 
the  crude  product,  thence  shipped  to  California,  where  it  is  refined.  The  in- 
dustry is  fairly  profitable,  according  to  President  Ivins,  and  is  operated  by 
the  Church  largely  to  give  employment  to  natives  who  are  members  of 
the  Church.  About  200  are  employed  on  the  plantation,  which  produces 
pineapple  as  well  as  sugar.  He  reports  that  there  is  a  general  feeling  of 
prosperity  and  contentment  among  natives  in  the  islands.  He  also  visited 
the  branches  of  the  Church  in  the  islands.  With  him  were  Mrs.  Ivins,  Elder 
Richard  R.  Lyman  and  Mrs.  Lyman,  Miss  Fulvia  Ivins  and  Miss  Williams. 

The  German  Reichstag  accepted  the  Dawes  reparations  plan,  Aug.  29, 
after  a  stormy  debate.  France,  having  previously  accepted  it,  it  only  re- 
mained to  construct  the  necessary  machinery  for  carrying  it  out.  Among 
the  concessions  made  to  the  nationalists  in  return  for  their  forty-eight  votes 
in  favor  of  adoption  of  the  reparation  agreement  was  a  promise  by  Chan- 
cellor Marx  and  Foreign  Minister  Stresemann  that  the  present  German 
government  would  make  formal  disavowal  of  the  German  admission  of  war 
guilt  incorporated  in  the  Versailles  treaty.  Immediately  after  the  vote  was 
recorded,  the  chancellor,  on  behalf  of  the  government,  authorized  the  publi- 
cation declaring  Germany  did  not  accept  the  war  guilt  declaration  and  de- 
manding that  the  odium  of  war  guilt  be  lifted  from  the  German  people. 
Germany,  on  Sept.  2,  paid  the  first  installment  on  reparations  under  the 
Dawes  plan,  by  depositing  20,000,000  gold  marks  in  the  Reichsbank  on  the 
account  of  the  general  reparations  agent,  Mr.  Young. 

Mrs.  Harriet  Pamelea  Partridge  Kimball,  wife  of  Albert  H.  Kimball, 
died  at  the  family  residence,  50  Gordon  avenue,  Sept.  7,  after  an  illness 
of  one  year.  She  was  born  at  Salt  Lake  November  14,  1858,  and  was  a 
daughter  of  the  late  Edward  Partridge  and  Sarah  L.  Clayton.  She  was 
married  to  Albert  H.  Kimball  at  Salt  Lake,  May  15,  1876.  Mrs.  Kimball 
had  always  been  active  in  political  and  L.  D.  S.  Church  work,  having  been 
associated  as  an  officer  and  member  of  the  Relief  Society  of  the  Eighteenth 
ward  for  many  years.  At  the  time  of  her  death  she  was  president  of  the 
Woodrow  Wilson  club  and  had  served  in  that  capacity  for  four  years.  She 
was  at  one  time  assistant  historian  of  the  Society  of  the  Daughters  of  the 
Utah  Pioneers,  of  which  organization  she  was  always  an  active  member. 
Mrs.  Kimball  was  the  oldest  grandchild  of  the  late  William  Clayton,  who 
wrote  the  famous  hymn,  "Come,  Come  Ye  Saints,"  and  one  of  her  sons, 
Edward  P.  Kimball,  is  organist  of  the  Salt  Lake  tabernacle.  Mrs.  Kimball 
was  the  mother  of  eight  children,  six  of  whom  survive  her. 

The  grand  stand  on  the  Fair  grounds  was  destroyed  by  fire,  Aug.  29, 
while  a  Rodeo  performance  was  given.  Of  the  10,000  spectators  present 
a   few   were   burned   and   bruised   and   bad   to   be   taken   to   the   hospital,   but 


1196  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  great  majority  of  the  crowd  escaped  in  the  panic.  The  stand  was 
completely  destroyed  in  about  ten  minutes,  and  a  number  of  automobiles 
were  damaged.  The  total  loss  was  estimated  at  $50,000.  The  origin 
of  the  fire  was  traced  to  a  cigaret  smoker,  who  threw  the  burning  remnant 
between  seats.  A  fireman  went  for  a  bucket  of  water  as  soon  as  the  first 
sign  of  smoke  appeared.  In  the  meantime  somebody  cut  the  burning  area 
out  with  a  pocket  knife.  The  ashes  fell  on  the  roof  of  a  rabbit  pen 
below.  The  fireman  returned  and  poured  water  on  the  place  where  the 
ashes  and  cinders  had  fallen,  and  it  was  thought  all  danger  was  over.  But  an 
hour  and  a  half  afterwards,  flames  burst  out  in  this  section  of  the  stand.  In 
all  probability  the  cigaret  stump  had  not  been  found,  or  not  been  rendered 
harmless. 

Andrew  Kimball  passed  away  at  the  home  of  his  father-in-law,  John 
Connelly,  Salt  Lake  City,  following  an  illness  of  some  weeks.  Funeral 
services  were  held  in  the  27th  ward,  September  2,  1924.  Andrew  Kimball 
and  his  twin  sister,  Mrs.  Alice  K.  Smith,  wife  of  the  late  President  Joseph 
F.  Smith,  were  born  in  Salt  Lake  City,  September  6,  1858.  Their  par- 
ents were  President  Heber  C.  Kimball  and  Ann  A.  Gheen.  For  many  years 
he  was  employed  on  the  railroad  running  south  from  Salt  Lake  into  Juab 
county.  He  was  married  to  Olive  Woolley,  daughter  of  Bishop  Edwin  U. 
Woolley  and  Mary  A.  Alpin,  February  2,  1882,  and  to  them  were  born 
eleven  children.  Shortly  after  his  marriage  he  was  called  on  a  two-year  mis- 
sion to  the  Indian  territory  mission  and  later  was  made  president  of  that 
mission,  which  is  now  the  central  states  mission.  Shortly  after  his  return 
home,  he  was  made  president  of  the  St.  Joseph  stake  of  Zion  with  head- 
quarters at  Thatcher,  Ariz.,  where  he  has  lived  up  to  the  time  of  his  death. 
He  served  as  chairman  of  the  Arizona  board  of  agriculture  and  horticulture. 
He  also  served  in  the  Utah  constitutional  convention.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Mary  Connelly  Kimball;  six  children  and  eighteen  grandchildren. 
His  body  was  taken  to  Thatcher  for  burial. 

Arthur  L.  Thomas,  fourteenth  governor  of  Utah,  and  for  many  years 
postmaster  of  Salt  Lake  City,  a  promiment  citizen  of  Utah  since  1879, 
passed  peacefully  away  while  in  natural  sleep  on  the  night  of  September  14-15, 
1924.  He  was  born  in  Chicago,  August  22,  1851,  and  later  removed  to 
Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania,  where  he  attended  the  public  schools  and  entered 
politics  as  secretary  to  the  Allegheny  county  Republican  committee  when 
eighteen  years  of  age;  was  appointed  a  committee  clerk  in  the  House  of 
Representatives,  Washington,  when  Ulysses  S.  Grant  was  president.  He 
was  appointed  to  serve  in  Utah  as  secretary  of  the  territory  in  1879,  re- 
appointed in  1883,  and  served  untill887,  holding  many  political  offices  of 
importance  simultaneously.  He  was  governor  from  1889  to  1893,  being 
then  succeeded  by  Gov.  Caleb  W.  West.  He  was  appointed  postmaster  of 
Salt  Lake  City  Feb.  1,  1897  and  was  helpful  in  establishing  the  rural  free 
mail  delivery.  He  was  president  of  the  Cambrian  Association  of  Utah  at 
the  time  of  his  death.  For  sketch  of  his  life  see  Improvement  Era,  Sept., 
1901,  Vol.  4,  No.  11. 

The  dinosaur  cavalcade  bringing  dinosaurs  from  Jensen  under  direc- 
tion of  John  T.  Kay,  Vernal,  220  miles,  entered  Salt  Lake  City  and  pro- 
ceeded up  South  Temple  street  to  the  University  of  Utah  on  the  afternoon 
of  September  17,  1924.  It  was  a  unique  caravan — nineteen  four- horse  teams 
tugging  at  their  heavy  loads  of  old  fossils  enroute  to  the  University.  There 
were  eighteen  wagons  loaded  at  an  average  of  4,500  pounds  each.  Moving 
pictures  were  taken  of  the  caravan  which  resembled  a  freight  train  familiar 
to  Utahns  over  fifty  years  ago.  The  University  of  Utah  has  been  ten 
months  or  more  chiseling  out  the  five  specimens  of  ancient  dinosaurs  from 
their  natural  graveyard  near  Jensen  in  eastern  Utah.  The  bones  will  be 
built  in  place  at  the  University  later. 


"We  appreciate  very  much  the  opportunity  of  reading  the  Improvement  Era.  The 
information  in  it  assists  us  greatly  in  getting  the  gospel  to  the  people." — Horace  Y. 
Whittle,  Goole,  Yorkshire,  England. 

Milton  H.  Gentry,  Beaver,  Utah:  "I  always  enjoy  reading  the  Improvement  Era. 
It  can't  be  beat!     Wishes  for  success,"  Mliton  H.  Gentry,  Beaver,  Utah. 

"We  would  feel  quite  lost  if  it  were  not  for  the  Era.  We  appreciate  very 
much  the  labor  put  forth  to  make  the  magazine  the  success  that  it  is  and  thank  you  as  a 
conference  for  your  diligent  endeavors." — Ray  J.  Dawson,  West  Virginia  North  con- 
ference,  Eastern   States  mission. 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA,  OCTOBER,   1924 

Two  Dollars  per  Annum 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City,   Utah,  as  second  class  matter 

Acceptance  for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided  for  in  Section  1 103,  Act  of 

October  3,  1917,  authorized  on  July  2,  1918 

Heber  J.  Grant.  |     P ,.  Melvin  J.  Ballard,  Business  Mgr. 

Edward  H.  Anderson,     j  Moroni  Snow,  Assistant. 

CONTENTS 

"Shinny,"  the  Favorite  Sport  of  Uintah  Indians , Frontispiece 

The  Optimist  and  Pessimist.     A  Poem Joseph  Longking  Townsend-1107 

A  Hymn  with  a  History Elder  Orson  F.  Whitney 1109 

Compensation.     A  Poem  Frank  C.  Steele 1112 

Religious  Education  John  J.   Tigert 1113 

Mount  Majestic.     A  Poem Jack  Egbert  1120 

Russia's  Contribution  to  America's  Wheat  Crop _    P.  V.  Cardon 1121 

God's  Touch.     A  Poem M.   A.   Stewart 1126 

"Mormonism"  as  an  Educational  Institution Clarence  William  Brown 1127 

Prophecy  and  History Edward   H.  Anderson 1130 

Nature's   Music.      A   Poem Samuel  B.  Mitton 1133 

The  Mississippi  Peddler.     A  Story Arthur  J.  Home 1134 

Youth.     A  Poem Maud  Baggarley  1141 

Heroes  of  Science — IV Dr.  F.  S.  Hams  ft  N.  I.  Butt.A  142 

Our  Martyrs.     A  Poem Joseph  H.   Dean 1144 

God  Bless  the  Youth  of  Zion.     A  Poem Ruth  May  Fox 1144 

Faith  and  Works Elder  Joseph  Fielding  Smith.A  145 

Far  Up  on  the  Mountain.     A  Poem G.  Milton  Babcock 1151 

Messages  from  the  Missions.     Illustrated 1 152 

Bits  of   Philosophy Nephi  Jensen  1161 

Scout  Boys.     A  Poem Bertha   A.    Kleinman 1161 

By  the  Stream  Side.     A  Poem Alfred  Lambourne  1162 

I  Worship  God.     A  Poem Mabel  Jarvis  1163 

The    Need    of    "Backing" O.   B.   Peterson 1164 

Ye  Olde  Towne.     A  Poem Ezra  J.   Poulsen 1168 

Prophecy  and  History — IV-VI Prof.  Levi  Edgar  Young 1169 

Up  to  You.     A  Poem Ida  R.  Alldredge 1174 

A  Tribute  Susa  Young  Gates 1175 

Their  Money  Moon.     A  Story Caroline  Westover  1177 

Index  to  Volume  27 1181 

Editors'    Table — The  Right   Attitud; 1 182 

A  Praiseworthy  Achievement 1 183 

Day  and  Night.      A   Poem Anna  Musser  1184 

Reverie.   A  Poem  Leo.    W.    Allen 1184 

Mutual  Work  1 185 

Passing  Events  1 193 


No  Difference  Between 
Refined  Beet  and 
Refined  Cane  Sugar 


The  highly  trained  chemist  with  all  his 
elaborate  laboratory  equipment  is  not 
able  to  distinguish  between  BEET  and 
CANE  SUGAR. 

BEET  SUGAR  produced  in  Utah  and 
Idaho  is  of  the  highest  developed 
process  which  removes  all  impurities 
and  yields  an  unexcelled  quality  of 
pure,  white,  fine,  clean  BEET  SUGAR. 

BEET  SUGAR  can  be  used  for  all  pur- 
poses with  entire  success.  Europeans, 
with  a  reputation  for  making  the  finest 
of  preserves  and  confections,  prefer 
BEET  SUGAR. 

Keep  your  money  in  circulation  at 
home. 

Patronize  a  great  HOME  INDUSTRY 
— one  that  gives  employment  to  thou- 
sands and  insures  a  profitable  crop  for 
the  farmers. 

Economize  in  your  canning  and  pre- 
serving by  using 


BEET  SUGAR 


Would  You  Like  To  Play 

A  Musical  Instrument? 

If  you  know  the  ABC's  you  can  play  a  CONN  New  Wonder  Saxophone 
and  now  is  the  time  to  start.  The  Conn  Saxophone  is  the  most  popular  of  all 
musical  instruments  not  only  because  it  is  so  easy  to  play  but  because  of  its 
remarkably  mellow  and  appealing  tone  and  its  great  variety  of  uses. 

School,  Scout,  Ward,  Stake  and  M.  I.  A.  Bands,  for  both  boys  and  girls,  is 
the  big  movement  today.    Are  you  prepared? 

We  have  just  fitted  out  almost  completely  the  Granite  Stake  M.  I.  A. 
Band,  the  Hawthorne  Ward  M.  I.  A.  Band,  the  new  Grant  Stake  M.  I.  A.  Band, 
these  three  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Arnold  Burgener  and  Mr.  H.  W. 
Burgener  and  the  Girls  M.  I.  A.  Band  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  P.  A.  Young. 

We  have  fitted  out  completely  in  the  past  two  years  over  two  hundred 
junior  bands  in  Utah  and  the  four  sur- 
rounding states.  We  fitted  out  the 
first  band  organized  in  the  intermoun- 
tain  region  over  sixty  years  ago  and 
we  are  still  equipping  bands. 

If  you  live  out  of  this  city,  fill  in 
and  mail  this  coupon  or  a  post  card 
today  to  Dean  R.  Daynes,  Consoli- 
dated Music  Co.,  50  Main  Street,  Salt 
Lake  City. 


Without  obligation  to  me  in  any 
way,  you  can  send  me  free,  full  de- 
tails about  your  ten-day  free  trial 
offer  on  a  CONN  NEW  "WONDEK 
SAXOPHONE.  Also  new  catalog, 
prices  and  particulars  of  your  easy 
payment    plan. 

Name     


Address     Box. 

E-10 


Capitalize  Your  Evenings 

Home  study  offers  an  excellent  opportunity  for  all  who  cannot  go  to  college 
to  secure  preparation  in  their  chosen  fields. 

The  Correspondence-Study  Department  at  the  Utah  Agricultural  College  gives 
standardized  courses  of  both  high  school  and  college  grade. 

Wonderful   opportunities   afforded    teachers   to    increase    their    certification. 
Enroll  now  and  make  home  study  count  this  winter  for  advancement. 

Fees  are  nominal.  For  further  information  and  for  special  Correspondence- 
Study  catalog,  address  Correspondence-Study  Dept.,  Utah  Agricultural  College, 
Logan,  Utah. 

NOTICE:  The  statement  appearing  in  the  advertisement  of 
the  college  in  the  August  issue  of  this  magazine  to  the  effect 
that  the  Institution  was  on  the  accepted  list  of  the  Association 
of  American  Universities  through  the  University  of  California 
was  in  error.  The  College  is  a  member  of  the  Northwest  As- 
sociation of  Colleges  and  of  the  American  Council  of  Edu- 
cation. 

Utah  Agricultural  College 

LOGAN,  UTAH 


Day  and  Evening  Sessions  All  the  Year 


Education 
Pays 


The  educated  man  or  woman  has 
a  great  advantage  over  the  un- 
trained individual. 

Preparation  for  business  life  is 
especially  important  under  modern 
conditions,  which  require  the  great- 
est efficiency. 

Do  not  suffer  needless  handi- 
caps. Enroll  immediately  for  our 
courses  of  training,  which  open 
wide  the  doors  of  opportunity. 


L.  D.  S. 
BUSINESS 
COLLEGE 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


FIRST  PRIZE 

A  $15,000  Electrical  Home 

SCHOOL  GIRLS! 
SCHOOL  BOYS! 

You  are  invited  to  take  part  in  the  international  Home  Lighting 

Contest 
All  school  boys  and  school  girls  ten  years  of  age,  or  over,  in- 
cluding high  school  pupils,  have  a  chance  to  win  some  exceed- 
ingly valuable  local  and  national  prizes. 

The  Contest  begins  Oct.  1st  and  ends  October  31st 
You  will  receive  full  information  about  it  either  through  your 
school,  or  from  the 

Utah  Power  &  Light  Co. 

Sponsored  by 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  ELECTRICAL  CO-OPERATIVE 

LEAGUE 
626  Kearns  Bldg.  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


PHONOGRAPHS     AND     RECORDS 


NOW 

Hear  the 
Brunswick 

RADIOLA 


The  Perfect  Phonograph 

and 

The  Perfect  Radio  Set 

Combined  in  ONE! 


Ticoron  side  of  caHr.ct 
containing  hop  for  operation  cf 

KaDIOLA.  SuFEk-HLIEnODYNE 


CHOICE  OF  MANY  BEAUTIFUL  MODELS 

•/aa^^^H1lnBC'       »  TABLISHEb  .'36  0    ft 


Write  for   FREE   postpaid  catalogs. 
Mention  the  ERA. 


61-3-5  HAihs 
joseph  j  daynes    pbesidemt  capital* 1.000.000.00 

"OLDER    THAN  THE    STATE  OF  UTAH  " 


THE  NEWS 


FIRST  A  GOOD  NEWSPAPER 
ALWAYS  RELIABLE 
SUBSCRIBE  NOW 

SALT  LAKE  CITY 


Most  complete  line  of  Grands,  Player  Pianos, 

Pianos  and  Reproducing  Pianos  in  the  world. 

Write    for    Catalogs,    Prices,    and    Terms 

The  Baldwin  Piano  Co. 


Manufactures 


Cincinnati 


Chicago 


Write 


FRED  THUNELL 
Wholesale  Representative 


1812  So.  11th  East 


Salt  Lake  City 


They  Lead 
the  World! 


Tone  quality  is  always  an  import- 
ant factor  in  the  selection  of  a  radio 
phone;  it  is  absolutely  essential  in 
Loud  Speaker  Reception.  It  is  for 
this  reason  that  the  comparison  of 
Loud  Speakers  is  so  convincingly  in 
favor  of  the  Baldwin.  The  receipt 
of  hundreds  of  letters  praising  the 
Baldwin  Loud  Speakers,  Headsets 
and  Phone  Speakers  as  the  world's 
most  sensitive,  most  perfect  toned 
radio  receiving  instruments  attests 
this  fact. 

The  Baldwin  Headset  and  Loud 
Speakers  are  characterized  by  the  ex- 
tremely sensitive  mica  or  corrugated 
aluminum  diaphragm,  the  large  cir- 
cular permanent  magnet,  the  concen- 
tration of  the  electro-magnet  in  a 
single  coil  and  the  U-shaped  pole 
pieces  which  give  four  points  of  mag- 
netic contact. 


BALDWIN 

RADIOPHONES; 


WORLttOVER 


TRADE  MARK 


BALDWIN 
Phono-Speaker 

This  new  development  of  the 
Baldwin  Radio  Receivers  em- 
bodies all  the  points  of  excel- 
lence which  have  made  the 
Headset  and  Loud  Speaker  fam- 
ous. Now  used  as  standard 
equipment  by  several  of  the 
largest  Talking  Machine  Com- 
panies. 

For  further  particulars  or 
prices  write: 

NATHANIEL  BALDWIN,  Inc. 

3474  South  23rd  East, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


Order  Your  Engraved  Greeting 
Cards— Now! 

Choose  your  Christmas  Greeting  Cards  early 
and  happily.  The  first  choices  are  the  best,  for 
the  reason  that  the  exclusive  numbers  are 
limited. 

Either  call  in  our  store  and  see  the  samples  or 
write  us  at  once  for  prices  and  detailed  in- 
formation. 

We  send  you  any  book  you  wish, 
C.  O.  D.  Mail. 

Deseret  Book  Co. 

44  East  South  Temple,  Salt  Lake  City 


Integrity  Inspires  Confidence 

JOSEPH  WILLIAM  TAYLOR 

Utah's  Leading  Undertaker  and  Licensed  Embahner 

21-25  SOUTH  WEST  TEMPLE 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

Phones:    Wasatch  7600 
Both  Office  and  Residence 

My  Service  has  the  Little  Marks  of  Difference  that  Make  it  Distinctive 


Fire  is  no  Respedter  of  Persons 

You  may  wait  till  tomorrow  to  insure — 

but  the  fire  may  not. 

"See  our  agent  in  your  town" 

UTAH  HOME  FIRE  INSURANCE  CO. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT  &  CO.,  General  Agents,      Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


WHEN   WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,  PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


A  BEAUTY  PARLOR  FOR  YOUR  CAR 

Open  Day  and  Night 
WASHING  POLISHING 

GREASING  ALEMITE  SERVICE 

Four  Racks  Experienced  Attendants 

Bennett's  Service  Station  No.  5 

State  and  Fourth  South 


Z.  C.  M.  I. 

Factory  Made 


Kiddies'  Allovers 


DUTCH  CUT 

They  are  the  famous 
Mountaineer  Brand  i  n 
dark  blue,  light  blue, 
stripes  and  khakis. 

Mothers  they  are  just 
what  you  need  for  the 
little  tots — and  the  kid- 
dies like  them  too. 


We    issue    the    best    there    is    in    Life 
Insurance  and  your  premiums  are  re- 
tained to  Build  up  the  West 


9/ie  BIG  HOME  COMPANY 


YOU  NEED  OUR  INSURANCE 

WE  NEED  YOUR  BUSINESS 

Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Co. 

Heber  J.  Grant,  Pres.      Lorenzo  N.  Stohl,  Mgr. 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,  PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA